Čistý příliv kapitálu do amerických spotových ETF na bitcoin klesl mezi 19. a 20. říjnem o 95,6 % na 23,2 milionu USD, což oslabuje podporu cenové hranice 80 000 USD.
Bitcoin approaches a decisive threshold as markets await new American inflation indicators. After several positive sessions, capital inflows into spot ETFs have sharply slowed, reducing support for prices. On Friday, PMI indices and household inflation forecasts could change investor expectations before the next Federal Reserve meeting. Maintaining the 80,000 dollar level will therefore also depend on these economic signals.
In Brief
Bitcoin defends the 80,000 dollars ahead of new American inflation data.
Net inflows into Bitcoin ETFs drop 95.6% between October 19 and 20.
Glassnode estimates the average cost basis of spot ETFs around 81,500 dollars.
The 85,000 to 87,500 dollar zone concentrates significant potential selling pressure.
Inflation figures and the Fed decision could determine the next market direction.
Bitcoin Defends 80,000 Dollars Against Institutional Acquisition Costs
The price of bitcoin moves around 80,000 dollars, a level that draws institutional investors’ attention. According to the Glassnode report published on October 21, this threshold approaches the average acquisition costs of several holder categories. American spot ETFs display an estimated cost basis of 81,500 dollars. Meanwhile, treasuries of companies followed by Glassnode hold their digital assets at an average cost close to 80,200 dollars.
The massive sell-off on October 15 brought the market near this reference zone. The price closed around 80,100 dollars after briefly falling below the ETFs’ estimated cost basis. This movement tested buyers’ ability to defend their positions. However, the market recovered to a level close to institutional acquisition costs, without confirming a lasting recovery.
Binance’s order book data provide another perspective on this battle. The main cluster of spot buy orders was concentrated around 80,000 dollars before the sharp drop. Selling pressure absorbed much of it, but new orders appeared on October 20. Their volume remains lower than before the drop, which limits the scope of this support.
It is also necessary to distinguish acquisition costs from orders displayed on platforms. An ETF’s cost basis corresponds to the average cost of its assets, while a company’s reflects its past purchases. However, orders in an order book can disappear at any moment. Maintaining the price above 80,000 dollars does not guarantee that buyers will sustainably defend this zone.
Bitcoin ETF Flows Slow Before Inflation Data
Capital inflows into American spot ETFs have sharply lost momentum. According to Farside Investors data, these products recorded 526.7 million dollars in net inflows on October 19. On the following day, inflows remained positive but dropped to only 23.2 million dollars. This decrease represents a 95.6% decline in one session and highlights the recent demand slowdown.
Over these two days, ETFs still attracted 549.9 million dollars in total. Thus, it is not an entirely negative trend, as both sessions recorded net inflows. However, this development shows new inflows are no longer growing at the same pace. For bitcoin, the question is now whether institutional buyers will continue to support prices despite this loss of momentum.
Glassnode also notes a decrease in activity over a longer period. The average trading volume on spot ETFs, calculated over 30 days, now represents less than a quarter of its level observed a year earlier. Corporate purchases of government bonds since June have remained below 10% of the peak reached in November 2024. These figures reflect a broader slowdown in some institutional investment activities.
This development occurs as several American economic indicators are due for release. On Thursday, an auction of inflation-linked Treasury securities, amounting to 26 billion dollars and maturing in five years, will assess demand for these bonds. On Friday, preliminary PMI indices and final inflation forecasts from the University of Michigan will complement available data. These events could shift rate expectations and influence flows into risky assets.
American Inflation Could Change Market Expectations
Recent inflation data show that price pressures remain significant. The consumer price index rose 3.7% year-on-year in September. Moreover, the preliminary University of Michigan survey places one-year inflation expectations at 4.7%. Longer-term forecasts reach 3.5%, maintaining investors’ concerns regarding price trends.
Upcoming releases will verify whether these expectations evolve. Friday’s preliminary PMI indices, expected at 9:45 a.m., will provide indications on prices charged by companies. The final Michigan survey, scheduled at 10 a.m., will clarify household expectations. If these data exceed previous estimates, markets could anticipate more persistent inflationary pressures and reassess their monetary outlook.
The Federal Reserve’s policy is another key element in this sequence. In September, the American central bank set its target rate range between 3.75% and 4%. According to a Reuters survey, 94 out of 100 economists surveyed expect rates to hold at the October 28 meeting. Even without immediate changes, the new data could modify expectations about future decisions.
Bond yields and the dollar could then react to the releases. According to Glassnode, the two-year U.S. bond yield approached 4.8% on October 20, after rising by more than one percentage point since early 2026. High inflation numbers could intensify this pressure. Conversely, more moderate indicators could ease yields and provide a more favorable environment for risky assets.
Resistance and Support Levels Clarify Possible Scenarios
Above 80,000 dollars, several levels could slow price advances. Glassnode identifies an excess supply zone between 85,000 and 87,500 dollars. Investors who acquired their assets six to twelve months ago have an average price close to 86,700 dollars. Moreover, potential liquidations on futures markets concentrate between 85,000 and 87,000 dollars, reinforcing the importance of this zone.
With improved economic data, the market could attempt to reach this upper range. If Michigan inflation expectations remain stable or decrease and PMI price components retreat, yields could lose momentum. A drop in the two-year yield, accompanied by a stable or weakening dollar, would strengthen this scenario. Bitcoin could then test the 85,000 to 87,500 dollar zone, provided demand follows.
Crossing 87,500 dollars with higher volumes and repeated ETF inflows would be an additional signal. It would indicate buyers absorb some of the supply above institutional cost bases. However, a price increase alone would not confirm this move. Persistent inflows and bond market reactions would remain decisive factors.
Conversely, higher inflation expectations could strengthen selling pressure. If PMI prices rise, yields and the dollar increase, and bitcoin ETFs register net outflows, buyers could struggle more to defend the 80,000 dollar level. A close below this threshold would bring the liquidation zone near 79,600 dollars to the forefront. The market’s real average, estimated at 77,600 dollars, would then constitute another reference level.
The Fed Meeting Approaches Amid a Still Fragile Market
Market reactions will also depend on how economic data interrelate. A less well-received five-year TIPS auction could push real yields higher, even if inflation expectations remain stable. This is why the evolution of the five-year real yield and the equilibrium inflation rate deserve special attention. Their combination will help better understand investor reactions before Friday’s releases.
The scenario remains conditional, as some recent indicators have sent different signals. On October 15, a favorable producer price report coincided with a decline in the ten-year yield to 5.087%. The dollar also retreated after reaching an 18-month high. This episode reminds that positive economic data can quickly change expectations and influence financial conditions.
In the coming days, the market’s ability to maintain current levels will depend on several factors. More regular inflows into bitcoin ETFs, combined with lower yields, could facilitate a return to higher resistance levels. Conversely, persistent inflation and tightening financial conditions could weaken demand. The Fed meeting on October 28 will then shed new light on monetary perspectives.
Ultimately, Bitcoin remains close to the acquisition costs of several institutional investors, but this support is not enough to confirm a recovery. Friday’s inflation data will verify if demand can absorb supply between 85,000 and 87,500 dollars. If 80,000 dollars breaks, levels of 79,600 and then 77,600 dollars could regain prominence. The reaction of yields, the dollar, and ETFs will determine the next movement before the Fed decision.
Maximize your Cointribune experience with our "Read to Earn" program! For every article you read, earn points and access exclusive rewards. Sign up now and start earning benefits.
Join the program
A
A
Lien copié
Ghiles A.
Journaliste et rédacteur web passionné par l’univers des cryptomonnaies et des technologies Web3. J’y traite les dernières tendances et actualités afin de proposer un contenu de haute qualité à un large public du secteur.
Objem obchodů s predikčními kontrakty na kryptoměny na Kalshi a Polymarket dosáhl minulý týden rekordních 2,7 miliardy USD. Patnáctiminutové bitcoinové kontrakty na Kalshi přitahují v každém kole více než 1 milion USD.
Emily Nicolle_ _takes a look at how crypto and prediction markets are becoming increasingly intertwined.
Addictive cycle
While Bitcoin appears to have fallen into an autumnal slumber, another corner of the speculative trading arena is thriving. Prediction-market volumes are soaring to new heights, and even with token prices rangebound, crypto’s playing its own role in the bounce.
Trading on crypto-tied event contracts hit a record last week, reaching $2.7 billion in weekly notional trading volume on Kalshi and Polymarket, according to user-compiled data on Dune Analytics. Leading the charge are so-called up/down contracts, which allow traders to bet on whether the price of Bitcoin or another asset will be higher or lower at the end of various time increments, from five minutes to the end of the day.
These markets are essentially a coin-flip, and traders have described them as highly addictive. The speed at which they conclude allows users to get locked into a cycle: start the clock, watch the chart, pick a side, win or lose and then do it all over again. Kalshi’s 15-minute Bitcoin contracts can attract more than $1 million in trading volume each time, while armies of trading bots can be deployed to harvest potential gains just seconds before the timer runs out.
“Prediction markets make crypto trading easier,” said Agnese Aggie Rozite, founder of prediction markets-focused events and education firm 51 Alpha. “For people already in crypto, it’s a natural next step. And because prediction markets run 24/7 like crypto does, the two fit together perfectly.”
There are longer-dated bets on offer too. A Kalshi contract on where Bitcoin will end the year has recorded more than $42 million in volume as of Thursday, while Polymarket’s “What price will Bitcoin hit in 2026?” has around $78 million. As a result, crypto is the second-largest category on both platforms — after sports, of course.
In perspective, these figures pale in comparison to the trillions of dollars recorded annually in spot cryptocurrency trading and on perpetual futures venues. But prediction markets are a rare bright spot for digital finance, where company valuations continue to double and investors are clamoring for their own slice of the pie. That’s not going unnoticed by crypto’s elite.
Digital-asset exchanges are keen to get in on the action, either by partnering with another platform that can provide the contracts or by seeking a license in the US to offer the bets themselves. Several exchanges — Coinbase Global Inc., Crypto.com, Gemini Space Station Inc. and Kraken to name a few — already have the required authorization, while others like Blockchain.com have recently applied for the same.
Some of the crypto volumes we’re seeing stem from a crossover between the two worlds. Coinbase’s prediction markets offering is currently powered by Kalshi, for example, with its website showing millions of dollars in trading volume on crypto-tied bets. Robinhood similarly uses many Kalshi markets, though it’s also slowly introducing contracts offered by others, including Crypto.com-spinoff OG.com and Rothera, a derivatives exchange it bought with Susquehanna International Group last year.
This poses an intriguing convergence of interests. Pure-play prediction markets venues like Kalshi are increasingly focused on drumming up demand for non-sports categories and an expansion into futures markets, with sports itself hanging in the balance. Dozens of states have taken legal action claiming that sports contracts are unregistered gambling products, while the Commodity Futures Trading Commission is defending its turf as Kalshi’s regulator. With a potential Supreme Court intervention looming and a breadwinner on the line, crypto volume is more valuable than ever.
At the same time, we’ve written before about how crypto exchanges’ business models are in need of a similar diversification. Spot volumes on centralized platforms on Wednesday were around $33 billion, per DefiLlama data — a far cry from the $70-100 billion days recorded regularly in January and February.
Crypto-tied prediction markets, of course, are far from the only appeal in entering the race. But if a Supreme Court decision on sports markets doesn’t end in the industry’s favor, how many crypto exchanges will still consider prediction markets to be a business opportunity worth pursuing?
Charting it out
Bloomberg
Bitcoin’s retreat toward $81,000 has pushed it toward its 50-day moving average line, a widely watched gauge of near-term breadth. “This return to the 50-day moving average means the bulls cannot celebrate a quick victory,” said Alex Kuptsikevich, chief market analyst at FxPro.
Counting it out
US-listed spot Bitcoin ETFs notched $1.1 billion in net inflows this week, recovering from $909.6 million in outflows over the previous two weeks.
Hearing them out
What we’re reading (and writing)
Trump and Crypto Firm Sued for Profiting From Foreign Government
Crypto Rule Finalized by OCC in Digital Asset Industry Win
Kalshi to Allow Futures Bets With Bitcoin-Backed Loans
Italy Targets Crypto Money-Laundering Ring Across Europe
Robinhood to Launch Retail Investing Platform in Middle East From Dubai
Crypto Megadonors Up Ohio Spending to $55 Million (Politico)
China Seeks 61,800 Bitcoin Tied to $5.7 Billion Fraud (CoinDesk)
What we’re watching on Bloomberg TV
Bloomberg’s Katherine Schwartz joins Scarlet Fu and James Seyffart on “Bloomberg Crypto.” Western Union and MoneyGram are adopting crypto technology to defend their businesses and deepen customer ties. Their money transfer time has gone from three days to as short as four minutes.
More from Bloomberg
Markets Daily for what’s moving in stocks, bonds, FX and commodities
Banking Monitor for staying on top of the global banking industry with emerging trends, winners and losers and market opportunities.
CFO Briefing for Nina Trentmann’s weekly newsletter on what finance leaders need to know
Going Private for coverage of private markets and the forces moving capital away from the public eye
Money Stuff for Bloomberg Opinion’s Matt Levine’s newsletter on all things Wall Street and finance
Komunita kolem Bitcoin Ordinals a Runes vyzývá OpenSea k podpoře nativního obchodování s těmito aktivy. OpenSea Bitcoin mezi podporovanými sítěmi neuvádí a integraci nepotvrdila.
Bitcoin Ordinals and Runes supporters have renewed calls for native trading on OpenSea after Leonidas shared a comment attributed to a company marketer saying community feedback helps shape its product roadmap.
Summary
Leonidas has asked OpenSea to add native support for Bitcoin Ordinals and Runes. A shared interface image features Runestone, Bitcoin Puppets and NodeMonkes among Bitcoin collections. OpenSea’s published blockchain compatibility guide does not list Bitcoin among its supported networks. The campaign follows earlier announcements to close Bitcoin services at Magic Eden and Ord.io. Leonidas, in posts dated Oct. 21 and Oct. 22, urged collectors to make their interest known and directly asked OpenSea to support both asset types. His posts included an image of Bitcoin collections displayed in an OpenSea interface and a separate promotional graphic imagining trading support.
“Please add support for Ordinals and Runes.”
The request establishes a public campaign for integration. Neither screenshot contains an official OpenSea announcement confirming native Bitcoin trading, an approved integration, or a release date.
OpenSea supporters press for a Bitcoin integration In his Oct. 21 post, Leonidas reproduced a statement attributed to an OpenSea marketer encouraging people who want Ordinals to keep asking for them. The quoted statement said community feedback “very much directly informs our product roadmap.”
The screenshot does not include the original recording or the full conversation surrounding the remark. Its wording describes how feedback informs product decisions without promising that Bitcoin support has been scheduled.
Alongside the statement, Leonidas shared an interface showing Runestone in a featured position. Bitcoin Puppets and NodeMonkes appeared under a section labeled “Trending Ordinals Collections,” alongside Bitcoin Wizards and Taproot Wizards.
The image displays collection prices in BTC and includes activity figures, but it does not show a completed purchase or a Bitcoin transaction. Collection visibility in that screenshot therefore remains separate from evidence of an available trading service.
A second post, dated Oct. 22, paired the direct request with an OpenSea-branded graphic reading “Ordinals and Runes trading is live!” Because Leonidas published the image while asking for support, the graphic cannot be treated as a company launch notice.
OpenSea’s blockchain compatibility guide lists networks including Ethereum, Solana, Polygon and Arbitrum, without listing Bitcoin. Its older Ordinals explainer, published in April 2023, explicitly says users cannot buy Bitcoin Ordinals through OpenSea; that page is historical documentation, not a fresh roadmap statement.
OpenSea’s mobile launch includes trading and discovery OpenSea’s Oct. 20 mobile announcement describes an app available to everyone on iOS and Android, with token and collectible trading across more than 25 blockchains. The company says users can combine holdings from multiple wallets and synchronize their accounts with its web platform.
The launch description distinguishes trading from discovery features. OpenSea says its social feed displays activity from people a user follows regardless of the app or chain where their trades occurred, while a separate feature shows trending activity by chain.
For the mobile product, the company lists a 0.5% fee on token trades and a 1% fee on collectible purchases, with network fees potentially charged separately. The announcement does not identify a Bitcoin-specific trading rollout.
The company’s earlier OS2 announcement, issued in Miami in May 2025, introduced full token trading across 19 chains, including Solana fungible tokens. OpenSea identified Miami as its headquarters and said further chain integrations were part of its development plans, without naming a Bitcoin launch date.
Bitcoin marketplace operators have announced service closures The appeal follows several earlier announcements affecting Bitcoin asset services. In February, crypto.news previously reported Magic Eden’s planned Bitcoin marketplace exit, alongside the closure of its EVM marketplaces and multichain wallet. That announcement retained support for its Solana business.
Magic Eden had launched Ordinals trading in March 2023. At launch, the marketplace supported secondary sales and said it was investigating tools for creators to inscribe assets, while royalty support remained unavailable.
A separate May announcement set June 1 as the shutdown date for Ord.io and Zap. Leonidas attributed the decision to exhausted funding, while the associated trading app said it had not reached the user growth needed to continue operating.
Other operators announced new services during the same period. Unspendable Labs said on March 30 that Horizon Market had added Ordinal inscriptions alongside Counterparty assets and Bitcoin Stamps. Its announcement described inscription creation, listings, and purchases settling directly on Bitcoin, without an intermediary holding the assets.
Ordinals and Runes use different Bitcoin asset structures The Ordinal Theory Handbook describes inscriptions as content attached to individual satoshis, creating Bitcoin-native digital artifacts without requiring a sidechain or separate token. Those assets can be held in Bitcoin transaction outputs and transferred through Bitcoin transactions.
Runes represent interchangeable units, unlike unique inscriptions. The handbook says Bitcoin transactions can create, mint, and transfer them, with protocol messages called runestones stored in transaction outputs. A transaction can contain at most one runestone, and an individual output can hold balances of multiple runes.
Akcionář Circle zažaloval Donalda Trumpa kvůli údajnému zisku 2 mld. USD z investice Abú Zabí uskutečněné prostřednictvím stablecoinu USD1 projektu World Liberty Financial.
A shareholder from one of the world’s biggest digital asset companies has sued U.S. President Donald Trump for alleged crypto corruption.
The lawsuit, filed on Thursday by shareholder and former Circle employee J. Benjamin Greenberg, alleges that a member of the United Arab Emirates ruling family agreed to pay half a billion dollars into the Trump-backed World Liberty Financial business — in direct violation of the Constitution.
Circle is the fintech company behind the stablecoin, USDC. Regulators in the U.S. are fast pushing ahead with pro-crypto rules despite lawmakers last month blocking landmark digital asset legislation, which President Trump backed.
A number of lawmakers didn’t back the draft legislation — the Clarity Act — because they said that the Trump family had illicitly cashed in on crypto ventures.
“The corruption at issue is not subtle, and it is not hidden,” the lawsuit alleges. “Since returning to office, President Donald J. Trump and his family have built a cryptocurrency business and invited foreign states to route money to him by paying into it. Foreign money has answered.”
The lawsuit goes on to allege that an investment fund created by the government of Abu Dhabi also gave the president $2 billion via World Liberty Financial’s USD1 stablecoin product.
World Liberty Financial is a decentralized finance project co-founded by the president and his sons.
President Trump stopped being involved in the project after taking office in 2025.
Thursday’s lawsuit adds that the president allegedly gave the Emirati leadership access to advanced artificial intelligence chips and pardoned a convicted felon in turn for the crypto investment. It references a February Wall Street Journal article that reported the deal.
“Although the President has dressed his corrupt arrangements in the language of new technology — tokens and stablecoins, holding companies and reserve yields — that vocabulary must not obscure what this is: the oldest form of public corruption, a public official taking money from a foreign power,” the lawsuit further says.
It alleges that the president has “corruptly” profited from $2 billion via the deals.
President Trump, World Liberty, and U.S. Middle East Special Envoy Steve Witkoff are named as the defendants in the lawsuit.
The president campaigned on a ticket to help the crypto industry and received major financial backing from the space but some Washington lawmakers have criticized the way the Trump family has profited from digital asset ventures.
Trump and the White House have always denied any conflicts of interest. The president in August, ahead of the crypto Clarity Act vote, said that Democrats criticizing his family crypto ventures had made money from stock trading.
Mathew Di Salvo
Mathew is a reporter who's covered the space since 2019, reporting on everything from Salvadoran president Nayib Bukele's Bitcoin bet to crypto exchange FTX's bankruptcy.
Velcí držitelé XRP poslali na Binance XRP v hodnotě 112,4 milionu USD, což je nejvíce za posledních sedm měsíců a signalizuje vyšší prodejní tlak. Přílivy se však nedávno vrátily na běžnější úrovně.
XRP whales sent $112.4 million to Binance, the highest inflow level in seven months, according to crypto analysts. The move signals rising selling pressure from large holders.
However, fresh data suggests the heaviest selling may already be easing, and traders are watching key price levels.
🗞️ XRP Whale Inflows to Binance hit $112.4M, a 7-month high
ripple:native whale activity has intensified in recent weeks, with selling pressure rising sharply. Here, we define whales as transactions exceeding 1 million XRP, which allows us to attribute them to this specific… pic.twitter.com/FsLRe63FTp
— Darkfost (@Darkfost_Coc) October 22, 2026 What XRP Whale Inflows Reveal About Selling PressureWhale inflows track large transfers from major holders to exchanges, usually before a potential sale. In this case, crypto analyst Darkfost counts transactions above 1 million XRP.
These flows matter because holders can sell tokens on an exchange within minutes. Therefore, rising inflows often precede short-term price weakness.
The surge coincides with XRP’s rebound of more than 30% since August. As a result, many large holders appear to have used the rally to lock in profits.
Monthly average inflows also rose by about $72 million, while the previous three months averaged roughly $90 million. In addition, daily spikes topped $400 million at times.
However, recent data shows inflows returning to more normal levels. That suggests the heaviest selling pressure may have eased, at least for now.
At the time of writing, XRP trades near $1.33, according to BeInCrypto data. Its 24-hour range sits between $1.32 and $1.40, while its market cap stands near $84 billion.
XRP Price Performance. Source: BeInCryptoCan XRP Break Above $1.40 or Fall Toward $1.26?Technical analysts remain divided. CryptoBusy notes that XRP is testing a major descending resistance trendline on the four-hour chart. The token recently climbed from $1.26 toward $1.40.
A confirmed breakout above the $1.38 to $1.40 zone could open a path toward $1.45 and $1.50. However, failing to hold $1.33 could send XRP back toward $1.30 or even $1.26.
$XRP is testing a major descending resistance trendline on the 4H chart after recovering from $1.26 toward $1.40.
Price briefly broke above the trendline but faced selling pressure, pulling back toward $1.34.
A confirmed breakout above $1.38-$1.40 could open the door toward… pic.twitter.com/ApW8aoQB1b
— CryptoBusy (@CryptoBusy) October 22, 2026 Meanwhile, EGRAG Crypto offered a more cautious view. His chart sketch raises the possibility of a dip toward $1.18 before a push to $1.63 and $1.80. He also stressed that this remains a hunch until price action confirms it.
On the bullish side, Ali Martiez set an immediate target of $1.55 if key levels hold. For now, the $1.33 level acts as the line between a recovery and a deeper pullback. Traders may want confirmation before acting on either scenario.
Still, large holders can move markets quickly, so exchange inflows remain a key signal to watch.
XRP’s 365-day Market Value to Realized Value (MVRV) has dropped to 0.92, marking its lowest level in over a year and placing most recent buyers firmly in negative territory. According to data from Santiment Intelligence, Dogecoin (DOGE) is the only other major altcoin with a similar pattern, showing a near-term MVRV score of 0.74. These subdued readings indicate minimal profit-taking incentive, as the majority of holders are currently experiencing unrealized losses.
XRP approaches critical demand zoneThe latest market behavior suggests a low-risk demand area has formed around XRP’s present support levels. Such depressed MVRV ratios typically highlight zones where selling pressure is tapering off and may identify price areas favorable for accumulation. Technical analysts often view ultra-low MVRV scores as signs of capitulation, signaling that sellers are exhausted and buyers could soon step in.
When MVRV is elevated, however, new buyers take on additional risk, as recent entrants are more likely to hold unrealized gains, fueling possible sell-offs. In comparison, BTC, ETH, and LINK reveal neutral MVRV readings ranging from 0.97 to 1.04, which places their holders near break-even and reflects scant evidence of extreme greed or panic in those markets.
It is important to note that a low MVRV score does not guarantee a price rebound. The situation remains contingent on increased activity from both institutional ‘whale’ investors and retail participants buying at local bottoms. Without robust inflows, the technical setup alone may not trigger sustained upward momentum.
Technical chart and derivatives market insightsXRP’s short-term outlook is shaped by technical signals on its price chart. The currency’s mid-tier Bollinger Band currently sits at $1.3822, providing a reference for potential bullish confirmation if prices push higher. Reaching this zone could set up a rally toward the upper Bollinger Band near $1.5255. On the downside, the lower band at $1.2418 highlights a key leveraged support level.
The derivatives market adds further context, with recent data revealing a 26% surge in trading volume. However, most liquidations have targeted long positions, and short-sellers outnumber bulls with a long-to-short ratio of 0.8345. Despite this, the funding rate on open interest (OI) has turned positive, indicating that traders holding short positions are paying a premium to maintain those bets as the price has shown upward movement.
Following a round of long position liquidations, open interest slipped slightly but remains strong, with total value approaching $3 billion. This matches aggregate spot and futures trading volumes, underscoring ongoing demand for XRP despite recent volatility and uneven sentiment in the broader cryptocurrency space.
XRP’s latest MVRV readings reveal that most recent buyers are still underwater, suggesting a diminished incentive for profit-taking at current levels and positioning XRP among the major altcoins with the lowest realized returns.
Market context and investor strategiesAcross multiple time frames, larger digital asset investors continue to show a selling bias, which may weigh on short-term price action. Nonetheless, yearly MVRV scores can be useful to monitor, as they often reveal market dynamics and sentiment shifts that traders might overlook or misinterpret as simple weakness.
In a market where a single Fed decision or a sudden altcoin listing can change everything in seconds, monitoring indicators such as MVRV, Bollinger Bands, and open interest has grown in importance. Smart traders are now utilizing privacy-first tools like CryptoAppsy to consolidate everything. Without even the hassle of creating an account, you get real-time charts, smart price alerts, coin-specific news, and critical macro data all on one screen. By bringing these resources together, investors hope to navigate shifting market conditions more efficiently and avoid unnecessary losses stemming from fragmented information.
Ripple a Arf nabídnou licencovaným platebním společnostem krátkodobé financování v tokenu RLUSD na platformě XRP Ledger pro přeshraniční platby, obvykle se splatností od jednoho do pěti dnů.
Ripple, a blockchain payment solution, has partnered with Swiss-regulated payment platform Arf to bring RLUSD-powered funding to the XRP Ledger (XRPL). The partnership will help licensed payment companies access short-term funds for cross-border payments without keeping large amounts of money in accounts across different countries.
Arf and Ripple Join to Speed Up Cross-Border PaymentsIn a press release on October 22, 2026, Arf and Ripple announced a partnership to help payment companies access money when and where they need it.
Cross-border payments move trillions of dollars each year, but payment companies often need working capital available in different countries before transactions are completed. Traditional bank credit lines can take months to establish and may require significant collateral.
This creates a problem for companies that need funds available in the right market at the right time. Through the partnership, Arf and Ripple aim to address this gap using RLUSD and the XRP Ledger’s settlement network.
Jasmine Cooper, Head of Product for RippleX at Ripple, said that “Settlement liquidity is exactly the kind of use case XRPL and RLUSD are built to support.”
Settlement liquidity is exactly the kind of use case @XRP Ledger and RLUSD are built to support.@Arf_One is bringing its approach to settlement liquidity to the XRP Ledger, using RLUSD to support short-term working capital for licensed payment companies as cross-border payments… https://t.co/h4XdEzA3IF
— Ripple (@Ripple) October 22, 2026 Under the first phase, Arf will provide short-term funding in Ripple USD (RLUSD) on the XRP Ledger. Licensed payment companies can use these funds to send money across borders and repay them once payments are complete, usually within one to five days.
Arf Brings $10B in Annual Settlements to XRPLArf payments platform has scaled to around $10 billion in annual global settlement volume since launching in November 2022. Its capital turns over about four times a month, allowing funds to support repeated payment flows rather than sit idle.
Ali Erhat Nalbant, Arf’s co-founder and CEO, said the partnership would bring stablecoin working capital to the XRP Ledger.
“We’re bringing stablecoin working capital to the XRP Ledger to help payment companies bridge that gap and support more payment volume.”
Arf Plans to Use XRPL’s Native Lending InfrastructureThe partnership could expand once the XRP Ledger’s native lending infrastructure becomes available. Arf plans to use the proposed Single Asset Vaults to pool capital and the Lending Protocol to support structured loans on-chain.
Arf would continue managing underwriting and working capital decisions off-chain, while the blockchain handles the lending infrastructure.
However, the proposed features must pass XRPL’s amendment process before they can launch on the main network.
Story Ends Here
Trust with CoinPedia:CoinPedia has been delivering accurate and timely cryptocurrency and blockchain updates since 2017. All content is created by our expert panel of analysts and journalists, following strict Editorial Guidelines based on E-E-A-T (Experience, Expertise, Authoritativeness, Trustworthiness). Every article is fact-checked against reputable sources to ensure accuracy, transparency, and reliability. Our review policy guarantees unbiased evaluations when recommending exchanges, platforms, or tools. We strive to provide timely updates about everything crypto & blockchain, right from startups to industry majors.
Investment Disclaimer:All opinions and insights shared represent the author's own views on current market conditions. Please do your own research before making investment decisions. Neither the writer nor the publication assumes responsibility for your financial choices.
Sponsored and Advertisements:Sponsored content and affiliate links may appear on our site. Advertisements are marked clearly, and our editorial content remains entirely independent from our ad partners.
Flare na konferenci Korea Blockchain Week popsala fungování FXRP, které držitelům XRP umožňuje využívat jejich tokeny v DeFi jako zajištění pro půjčky a generování výnosů.
Flare outlined its XRP DeFi strategy on Korean TV at Korea Blockchain Week, detailing how FXRP works, how collateral protects users, and its Korean partnerships.
Flare used an appearance on South Korean television to pitch its approach to bringing XRP into decentralised finance (DeFi). Speaking on Korea Economic TV's Crypto Labs at Korea Blockchain Week, @FlareNetworks APAC lead Kyle Kim (@Banktheworld) described Flare as a blockchain for data.
How FXRP worksKim said Flare checks outside information, such as prices or transactions on other chains, and makes it available to smart contracts. Holders of $XRP can convert their tokens into FXRP on Flare to lend, borrow against, or earn yield, and can swap back whenever they choose.
FXRP is issued through Flare's FAssets system. FXRP was the first live deployment of the system, which turns tokens that lack smart contract support, such as XRP, into overcollateralised assets that can interact with DeFi protocols. At launch, Flare's chief product officer Filip Koprivec told The Block that FXRP is designed to be non-custodial and over-collateralised, with onchain, protocol-level verification rather than reliance on a single custodian.
Kim said approved operators hold the XRP behind FXRP. Each must lock up collateral worth more than the XRP it holds, which is meant to protect users if something goes wrong. DefiLlama's research describes these operators as agents, independent operators who post collateral worth more than the XRP they back, partly in stablecoins and partly in FLR. If the collateral's value falls below the required level, the agent's position can be liquidated.
Growing usage and Korean partnershipsDemand for the token has built since launch. A DefiLlama report published on October 21 counts about 129 million of the 145 million FXRP in circulation deployed across protocols, close to 90% of supply. The same report notes the base is still small: 145 million FXRP equals roughly 0.23% of circulating XRP. Lending is the biggest use. Most of the lending demand comes from holders who use FXRP as collateral and borrow against it while keeping their XRP.
In Korea, Flare is working with hardware wallet maker D'CENT. In May, D'CENT's maker IoTrust announced a three-week campaign with the Flare network , and said D'CENT is an official partner of Flare Smart Accounts , which removes the need for users to buy extra gas tokens.
Flare is also running a pilot finance product with weather data firm K-Weather (Kweather). The two companies signed a letter of intent to pilot the integration of meteorological data onchain. The data will be delivered through Flare's Time Series Oracle and could support products such as parametric climate insurance. CoinDesk's Omkar Godbole cautioned that the initiative is still very early, and a letter of intent is not a working product.
The appearance shows Flare targeting the Korean market with a dual message: XRP holders can put idle tokens to work, and data-driven products can extend beyond price feeds.
Sources:
DefiLlama Research: How Flare uses data to expand what capital can doCrypto Briefing: Kweather taps Flare to develop weather finance productsGlobeNewswire via Manila Times: D'CENT launches Flare campaign
Počet peněženek XRP Ledger s nenulovým zůstatkem dosáhl rekordních 8,24 milionu. Santiment při ceně XRP kolem 1,36 USD zaznamenal vznik 4 772 nových peněženek denně.
As volatility continues in the cryptocurrency market, data from the XRP Ledger network has caught the attention of investors. On-chain analytics platform Santiment reported that the number of wallets on the XRP network has reached an all-time high, with a significant increase in new user participation.
According to data shared by Santiment, the number of wallets with a balance greater than zero on the XRP Ledger network has reached a new all-time high of 8.24 million. It was noted that this steady increase in wallet numbers continues despite the fluctuations in the XRP price in recent months.
The acceleration of network growth during the period when XRP was trading at approximately $1.36 was also noteworthy. According to Santiment data, 4,772 new wallets were created in a single day. This figure marks the fifth largest daily increase recorded since March.
Analysts believe the acceleration in new wallet creation activity could signal a renewed surge in interest in the XRP ecosystem. However, Santiment stated that for growth on the network to support bullish expectations, price movements must also confirm this trend.
XRP Price at $1.40 Critical: Two Different Scenarios Santiment stated that the first important level to watch for the XRP price in the short term is $1.40.
According to the platform, a rapid return to the $1.50 level could become possible if XRP maintains a sustained move above $1.40 and the number of new daily wallets remains around or above 4,000.
However, in a negative scenario, if XRP loses the $1.30 support level and daily new wallet creation falls below approximately 3,000, it could indicate that the positive signals from increased adoption on the network are weakening in the short term.
*This is not investment advice.
Follow our Telegram and X account now for exclusive news, analytics and on-chain data!
Hard fork Glamsterdam na testnetu Hoodi byl odložen poté, co společnost ChainSecurity odhalila dopady změn v práci s gasem na stávající kontrakty; identifikovala 13 reálných případů.
On October 22, 2026, ChainSecurity said the Glamsterdam hard fork on Ethereum’s Hoodi testnet had been delayed after its researchers identified security impacts in existing contracts. The firm said it had found 13 real-world examples and was conducting responsible disclosure with the affected projects. Its announcement asked teams to check their contracts while the Ethereum Foundation assessed the extent of the impact.
The problem affects contracts that catch a failed external call and keep executing. Under the gas changes ChainSecurity examined, a failure handler can finish where it previously would have run out of gas and reverted. A caller can deliberately supply too little gas for an operation while leaving enough for the surrounding contract to record a permanent failure. An operation that should have remained retryable can then lose its recovery path.
ChainSecurity’s technical disclosure examines EIP-8037 and EIP-8038 using specifications reviewed on October 13. Its gas examples describe proposed execution behavior, not balances read from affected contracts. The announcement names neither the projects under disclosure nor their contract addresses.
The failure handler gets another source of gas
Contracts defend against insufficient-gas griefing in several ways. Some check before an external call that they can forward a chosen gas budget. Others examine the gas left after a failed call and revert when too little remains. Others rely on the failure handler itself running out of gas. That rolls back the surrounding operation without an explicit check.
Checks after a call and handlers that rely on running out of gas depend on how much gas the call forwards, consumes and returns. Under EIP-150, a call can forward approximately 63/64 of its available gas. When the immediate target exhausts that allocation, the caller retains only a small share. A check can reject that remainder, or an expensive storage write can force the caller to revert.
The state-gas reservoir gives the caller another source of funding. ChainSecurity describes a separate pool that travels with calls in full, while the forwarding limit applies to execution gas. Solidity’s gasleft() reports only the execution balance. A contract with a low reading can still have reservoir funding for state creation. If the target reverts or runs out of gas, its reservoir returns to its call-entry value and remains available to the caller.
In the report’s example, around 15,000 execution gas can cover a cold fresh-slot write and a short continuation when the reservoir pays the state-creation charge. Under Osaka, the corresponding write costs 22,100 gas. A handler that previously could not record a failure may now commit it. Because the reservoir is forwarded in full, an outer wrapper can combine a funded reservoir with a limited execution budget.
Clearing storage can refill the execution balance
A contract can also allocate a persistent storage slot, call another contract, catch a failure and clear that slot before continuing. Under Osaka, clearing storage allocated earlier in the transaction produces a refund subject to a cap. The refund settles at the end of the transaction, so it cannot pay for the next instruction.
Under the Glamsterdam rules examined in the disclosure, undoing state creation triggers an immediate refill. The refill first restores execution gas up to the outstanding state-creation charges paid from that balance. Any remainder enters the reservoir. Clearing a slot can restore up to 97,920 execution gas, enough to change whether the rest of the failure handler completes.
For this to happen, the slot must have been zero at the start of the transaction. The frame must have outstanding state-creation charges funded from execution gas, either from its own work or successful subcalls. It also needs enough execution gas to clear the slot: the SSTORE stipend check still requires more than 2,300 execution gas, regardless of reservoir funding.
A gas check performed after the clear can see a replenished balance even though the target ran out of gas. ChainSecurity says a check that rejects the failure before the clear is unaffected by that refill. Its review instructions ask teams to locate storage refills relative to checks, since the order determines whether the check sees the restored gas.
Gas can also return through an intermediary. In ChainSecurity’s example, a defending contract calls an intermediary, which creates state and calls a target. The target runs out of gas. The intermediary then propagates that failure with REVERT.
Under the reviewed changes, reverting restores the intermediary’s state-gas accounting. It credits outstanding execution-funded state-creation charges back to the intermediary’s execution balance. That restored gas can return to the defending contract and lift the remainder above a post-call check’s threshold. It can also fund a failure handler that previously would have reverted.
The intermediary must retain enough gas to execute REVERT. If it runs out of gas itself or halts exceptionally, its resulting execution balance is consumed and no execution gas returns. Tests need to distinguish those paths, even when both ultimately report that a subcall failed.
What contract teams need to review
Pre-call checks avoid inferring the cause of failure from returned gas, but their budgets need revalidation too. A check can guarantee delivery of the requested allocation even when that allocation no longer covers the target’s work. ChainSecurity calls for bounds covering every permitted execution path under the new schedule, including cases where the reservoir cannot contribute. Forwarding overhead also needs rechecking.
The review starts with external calls that let execution continue after failure. Teams should trace the target’s complete path, including proxies, and the caller’s instructions before it commits a failure response. Tests should force a subcall failure and compare Osaka and Glamsterdam using the same relevant pre-state and explicit gas assumptions. The outcomes to inspect are disabled retries, removed claims and incorrect recorded results.
Where possible, ChainSecurity recommends propagating call failures so the entire operation reverts. Where execution must continue, it recommends preserving a recovery path instead of making an irreversible decision from remaining gas alone. Responsible disclosure continues with the affected projects unnamed. The firm’s announcement gives no replacement date for the Hoodi fork.
Jednoměsíční implikovaná volatilita Etheru činí 49 %, zatímco 30denní realizovaná volatilita dosahuje 37 %; rozdíl 12,5 procentního bodu je za poslední dva roky na 90. percentilu.
Ethereum options traders are bracing for turbulence. The actual price chart has been far calmer.
According to Coinbase Markets data dated October 21, 2026, Ether’s one-month at-the-money implied volatility stands at 49%. Its 30-day realized volatility is 37%. That leaves a 12.5-point premium, which ranks in the 90th percentile of readings over the past two years.
Reading the volatility gauges Implied volatility (IV) is the market’s forecast of future price swings, backed out of what traders are willing to pay for options. Realized volatility measures how much the asset actually moved over a past window, in this case 30 days. “At-the-money” refers to options with strike prices near the current market price.
The gap between the two is often called the variance risk premium. A spread landing in the 90th percentile of the past two years suggests demand is running well above the usual baseline.
The numbers line up across platforms Options analytics platforms including Swolecharts and Coinotag reported that Ether’s 30-day ATM implied volatility held steady between 49% and 51% through mid-to-late October 2026. Those same sources put realized volatility around 32% during that stretch.
On October 22, 2026, ATM implied volatility was approximately 49.7% to 50.0% on Bybit and Binance.
Broader figures from Derivasys and Glassnode show Ether’s options implied volatility sitting in the mid-to-high 40s up to the low 50s across various near-term tenors throughout October 2026.
Why the premium is notable A 90th-percentile reading over two years means that in roughly nine out of ten observations across that period, the gap between expected and actual volatility was smaller than it is now.
The source data does not point to a specific catalyst. No commentary on upcoming events or trader positioning accompanied the figures.
What this means for traders and the market For option buyers, purchasing protection or directional exposure when IV sits well above realized volatility means paying a hefty premium. If Ether keeps moving at its recent pace, those options can lose value even if the eventual direction is right.
For option sellers, collecting premium priced at around 49% to 50% volatility while the underlying moves at 32% to 37% is the core logic behind many volatility-selling strategies. The catch is obvious: sellers carry the risk if the expected storm actually arrives.
Wide gaps between implied and realized volatility tend not to persist forever. Either realized volatility rises to meet expectations, or implied volatility drifts lower as the anticipated turbulence fails to show up.
Traders watching this setup will likely track whether realized volatility begins climbing from its recent range in the 30s, and whether IV holds near 50% across Coinbase, Bybit and Binance, or starts slipping back into the mid-40s range that also appeared across some near-term tenors this month.
Disclosure: This article was edited by Vivian Nguyen. For more information on how we create and review content, see our Editorial Policy.
Komunita Starknetu předběžně podpořila průzkum přechodu z L2 řešení Etherea na vlastní L1: pro hlasovalo přes 93,5 % odevzdaných hlasů a hlasování se zúčastnilo více než 2 800 peněženek.
The Starknet community has strongly supported exploring a transition from the Ethereum-based second-layer structure to an independent first-layer blockchain. In a seven-day preliminary vote that concluded today, over 93.5% of the votes cast were in favor of the proposal.
According to information shared by StarkWare, more than 2,800 wallets participated in the vote. The company stated that it did not participate in the voting in order to avoid influencing the community’s decision with its own votes.
The primary reason for the change in focus is post-quantum security. The team argues that even if Starknet makes progress in its own computational structure, it will remain dependent on the underlying network due to Ethereum bridge and data accessibility connections.
StarkWare CEO Eli Ben-Sasson said they aim to release a first draft of the technical document resulting from the research to the public in November.
However, the vote does not mean that the separation from Ethereum is final. A genuine transition proposal will also need to be prepared and resubmitted for community approval. According to the Starknet Foundation, whichever path is chosen, STRK will remain the native token, no new tokens will be issued, and Ethereum bridges will remain open.
*This is not investment advice.
Follow our Telegram and X account now for exclusive news, analytics and on-chain data!
Cardano’s public Dijkstra testnet has opened to stake pool operators ahead of node 11.2, which will support a planned test-network upgrade to protocol version 12 without Leios.
Summary
DijkstraNet currently runs node 11.1.3, with the protocol upgrade waiting for the next release. A separate MusashiNet prototype includes Leios, while formal node 11.3 development remains unfinished. Input Output estimates Leios activation will need voting keys covering roughly 90–95% of stake. Constitutional changes, BLS key management and ecosystem risk reviews remain part of upgrade preparations. Intersect said in its Oct. 22 Upgrade Bulletin #39 that DijkstraNet became publicly available after an Oct. 21 restart, inviting stake pool operators to begin joining before the next node release.
The organization described two parallel testing paths. DijkstraNet will use node 11.2 to test Dijkstra features without Leios, while MusashiNet gives downstream teams early access to a prototype containing the Leios-inclusive feature set.
The bulletin provided no mainnet activation date or required percentage of operators that must upgrade their node software.
Cardano DijkstraNet awaits its protocol version 12 upgrade Intersect said DijkstraNet currently runs protocol version 11, within the Conway era, using node 11.1.3. Once the node 11.2 pre-release becomes available, a hard-fork initiation action will be submitted to move the network to protocol version 12, known as Dijkstra.
For operators joining now, the bulletin directs participants to configuration files and a testnet faucet through Cardano book. Intersect listed one-day epochs and an available Kleioscan explorer among the network’s testing resources.
Node 11.2 remained in development when the bulletin was published, with a tagged version expected during the week. Intersect described its scope as:
“Includes the full Dijkstra hard fork feature set, apart from Leios”
The release is expected to clear LSM for mainnet use, with memory requirements estimated at approximately 12 GB when using LSM, according to the bulletin. Intersect said it was already working with operators to test LSM and gather feedback.
Cardano previously activated the van Rossem hard fork on July 18, moving mainnet to protocol version 11. The current bulletin concerns preparations on separate test networks, not another completed mainnet upgrade.
Leios testing proceeds separately on MusashiNet Intersect described the weekly RC 2026w42 pre-release as a Leios-based prototype containing the complete Dijkstra hard-fork feature set. Downstream tooling teams can use it on MusashiNet to explore integrations before the formal node 11.3 release.
For node 11.3 itself, the bulletin said substantial development work remained, and a tagged release was still at least two weeks away. Intersect presented the prototype as an early integration opportunity, without describing it as a finished release.
Input Output’s Oct. 20 rollout plan, previously reported by crypto.news, set initial Leios capacity targets at three to five times Cardano’s current transaction capacity, followed by later targets of 10–15 times.
The developer’s plan separates the hard fork from full Leios operation. Input Output said pools must register BLS voting keys after the fork, with roughly 90–95% of stake registered before Leios can begin operating.
Its proposed sequence then moves through mainnet load exercises and at least two protocol parameter updates, with capacity changes dependent on network results and governance approval. The throughput figures remain targets, not performance delivered by the public opening of DijkstraNet.
Earlier Intersect planning placed Linear Leios in Dijkstra’s first phase and Peras activation in a separate, later hard fork. The two-phase Dijkstra roadmap described its dates as estimates, with testing and governance able to affect the mainnet schedule.
BLS key management remains under discussion Intersect said developers were considering two ways to handle BLS key registration and rotation without requiring pool owners to participate in those operations.
The existing pool registration certificate mechanism requires signatures from the pool cold key and every pool owner, according to the bulletin. The proposed alternatives are a dedicated BLS key management certificate or permission to update BLS keys in pool parameters without owner signatures.
Intersect identified the second approach as the more likely option for Dijkstra, while noting that a more comprehensive solution could be deferred to the Euler era. The bulletin identified stake pool operators, wallet providers and tooling teams as affected participants.
On upgrade scope, Intersect confirmed that CIP-23 is fully included in Dijkstra. It said several operators had welcomed the development teams’ response to that long-standing request.
The organization reported that the Technical Steering Committee had reviewed an updated Leios impact assessment, which was expected to be merged into the Cardano Upgrades GitBook. Other assessments would follow after outstanding review comments were addressed.
Intersect asked downstream teams to compare the assessments with their own integrations and flag missing dependencies or impacts.
Governance and node diversity work continue Intersect said the Hard Fork Working Group had completed an initial walkthrough of the Dijkstra risk log. Each risk will receive an owner with editing access, and the log will gain a column for formal risk assessments.
Following discussions between the Parameter Committee and developers, an updated constitutional draft was expected during the week, according to the bulletin.
Intersect scheduled a constitutional update and guardrails meeting for Oct. 23 at 14:00 UTC, open to Constitutional Committee members, stake pool operators, and delegated representatives. The organization said the session would be recorded and shared afterward.
The bulletin listed a separate Node Diversity Workshop organized by the Amaru team for Nov. 12–13 at the London Marriott Hotel Canary Wharf. Its working agenda includes reviewing future hard-fork features through implementation costs and community needs to help inform how subsequent upgrades are scoped and prioritized.
Zakladatel Cardano Charles Hoskinson vyvíjí pro tuto síť nový programovací jazyk s podporou záměrů a dat nesoucích důkaz, které využívají důkazy Groth16.
Cardano founder Charles Hoskinson revealed on October 18, 2026, that he is personally developing a new programming language intended for the Cardano blockchain.
In a post on the social platform X, Hoskinson stated that the project is underway and that he is collaborating with another developer.
He characterized the language as the first of its kind, designed to support intents alongside proof-carrying data through the use of Groth16 proofs.
The collaborator identified by the handle @rvcas is Lucas Rosa, a software engineer associated with Input Output Global.
Rosa is recognized as a co-creator and maintainer of Aiken, an existing smart-contract language used on Cardano.
Public materials for Aiken list him among its authors, and his personal site notes a role connected to tooling for the Midnight project.
Cardano already offers developers two primary options for writing smart contracts:
Plutus, which draws from the Haskell functional programming tradition that underpins much of the network’s original design, and Aiken, a more recent alternative aimed at improving accessibility.
I'm actually personally developing a programming language for Cardano. It's the first of its kind, enabling intents and PCD via Groth16 proofs. @rvcas is building it with me
— Charles Hoskinson (@IOHK_Charles) October 18, 2026
Hoskinson’s announcement positions the new language as an additional tool rather than a replacement whose precise relationship to these existing options has been clarified.
At a conceptual level, the features Hoskinson highlighted address common challenges in blockchain application design.
An intent allows a user or application to declare a desired outcome—such as completing a token exchange only if a certain price condition is met—while leaving the precise sequence of intermediate steps to be determined by the surrounding system or other parties.
Proof-carrying data refers to a technique in which computational results are accompanied by cryptographic evidence that every preceding step satisfied the required rules.
A verifier can then confirm the entire history by examining a single compact proof instead of re-executing the full computation.
Groth16, the specific zero-knowledge proof system referenced, is a well-established construction published in 2016.
It generates proofs that consist of only three group elements, keeping them small enough for efficient verification on-chain.
Because the proofs are zero-knowledge, they can demonstrate that certain conditions were met without exposing the private inputs that went into the calculation.
Combined, these elements could enable applications to coordinate complex multi-step interactions and transfer verified information between services while limiting the data that must be revealed publicly.
Hoskinson has not released a name for the language, published any code, shared technical specifications, or indicated a development or launch timeline.
The announcement itself appeared as a reply in a broader discussion about Cardano’s characteristics as a decentralized foundation for applications.
Separate recent comments from Hoskinson have referenced ongoing conceptual work related to Midnight, a privacy-oriented companion chain, though no direct technical linkage between that effort and the new language has been detailed.
The disclosure adds another layer to Cardano’s evolving developer tooling at a time when the network continues to introduce features such as enhanced programmable token standards. Whether the language ultimately streamlines the creation of applications that rely on verifiable outcomes and privacy-preserving checks will depend on the concrete design choices that have yet to be made public.
AppLovin čelí hromadné žalobě kvůli údajnému zkreslování schopností AI poté, co tržby ve výši 1,92 mld. USD zaostaly za očekáváním; akcie 6. srpna 2026 klesly o 19,66 %.
, /PRNewswire/ -- Shareholder rights law firm Robbins LLP reminds investors that a class action was filed on behalf of persons and entities who purchased or otherwise acquired AppLovin Corporation (NASDAQ: APP) securities between February 12, 2026 and August 5, 2026, inclusive (the Class Period). AppLovin provides end-to-end AI powered advertising solutions for businesses to reach, monetize and grow their global audience.
The complaint alleges that AppLovin misled investors regarding the strength of its AI models and feasibility of its AI video creative tool.
Investors who suffered significant losses during the Class Period may be eligible to participate in the lawsuit and should contact Robbins LLP for information before the November 16, 2026, lead plaintiff deadline.
Listen to our podcast.
Why Was AppLovin Sued?
Plaintiff alleges that defendants touted the purported strength of AppLovin's AI models as a major driver of the Company's growth, advising investors that AppLovin was "constantly improving" its models. Defendants described a "virtuous cycle" of improvement and revenue, in which better models yielded greater returns for the Company's advertiser customers, thus incentivizing them to increase their spending on AppLovin's services, and/or incentivizing new customers to begin using AppLovin's services.
On June 22, 2026, AppLovin made a new self-service platform, dubbed AppLovin Ads, available to all customers. Among other features, defendants consistently touted a purportedly forthcoming generative AI video creative tool that would enable customers to create content designed specifically for the AppLovin Ads platform.
According to the complaint, during the Class Period, defendants failed to disclose that:
(i) the generative AI video creative feature for the Company's AppLovin Ads platform was subject to significant development delays, making its release on the Company's timeline unlikely;
(ii) defendants overstated the constancy with which AppLovin was improving its AI models;
(iii) for these reasons, among others, AppLovin had significantly overstated the benefits and reliability of the purportedly "virtuous cycle" and "compounding" value proposition that its AI models provided to customers and to the Company; and
(iv) as a result, defendants' public statements were materially false and misleading at all relevant times.
Why Did AppLovin Stock Drop?
The complaint alleges that on July 13, 2026, a Bank of America Securities analyst published a note reporting softer-than-expected e-commerce ad growth for the month of June, raising concerns over the rollout of AppLovin Ads to all advertisers. Bank of America Securities' review of publicly available e-commerce data showed "AppLovin's eCommerce footprint expanded at a slower pace in June", and the analyst concluded that the AppLovin Ads GA rollout enjoyed only a "muted . . . start." Accordingly, Bank of America Securities lowered its expectations of AppLovin's annual revenue. Following publication of the note, AppLovin's stock price fell $64.13 per share, or 12.65%, to close at $442.85 per share on July 13, 2026.
Then, on August 5, 2026, AppLovin announced its financial results for the quarter ended June 30, 2026, and held a conference call to discuss the same. Among other items, AppLovin reported revenue of $1.92 billion, below consensus estimates of $1.94 billion. Defendants attributed their quarterly performance to their "pace of meaningful model improvement", which was "lighter than normal during the quarter." Defendants also revealed that their generative AI video tool was "still [a] work in progress." On this news, AppLovin's stock price fell $82.13 per share, or 19.66%, to close at $335.67 per share on August 6, 2026.
Who May Be Eligible to Participate in the AppLovin Class Action?
The lawsuit seeks to represent investors who purchased or otherwise acquired AppLovin Corporation securities between February 12, 2026 and August 5, 2026. Investors who suffered losses during that period may have legal rights under the federal securities laws.
What Is a Lead Plaintiff?
The lead plaintiff is a court-appointed investor who represents the interests of all class members throughout the litigation. Stockholders who wish to lead the class action should contact Robbins LLP before the November 16, 2026, lead plaintiff deadline.
Serving as lead plaintiff is not required to share in any potential recovery. Investors who do not seek appointment may remain absent class members if the case proceeds and later resolves successfully.
Does It Cost Anything to Participate?
No. Robbins LLP represents investors on a contingency fee basis.
Why Robbins LLP?
A recognized leader in shareholder rights litigation, Robbins LLP represents investors in securities fraud and shareholder derivative litigation. We have helped restore more than $2 billion in value to shareholders and secured some of the largest recoveries in shareholder derivative litigation history.
"Companies have an obligation to provide investors with complete and accurate information so that markets can function fairly and efficiently," said Brian J. Robbins, Founding Partner of Robbins LLP.
To be notified if a class action against AppLovin Corporation settles or to receive free alerts when corporate executives engage in wrongdoing, sign up for Stock Watch today.
Contact Robbins LLP
Investors seeking additional information about the AppLovin Corporation securities class action may contact Robbins LLP by submitting an inquiry, emailing attorney Aaron Dumas, Jr., or calling (800) 350-6003.
Attorney Advertising. Past results do not guarantee a similar outcome.
BOSTON, Oct. 22, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- The Boston Beer Company, Inc. (NYSE: SAM), today reported financial results for the third quarter ended September 26, 2026. Key results were:
Third Quarter 2026 Summary:
Depletions decreased 5% and shipments decreased 4.9%Net revenue of $520.1 million decreased 3.2%Gross margin of 51.7% up 90 basis points year over yearGAAP diluted income per share of $4.21, which includes non-recurring litigation expenses of $0.16 per shareNon-GAAP diluted earnings per share of $4.37 Year-to-date 2026 Summary:
Depletions decreased 5% and shipments decreased 5.4%Net revenue of $1.522 billion decreased 3.6%Gross margin of 50.5% up 80 basis points year over yearGAAP diluted loss per share of $4.87, which includes non-recurring litigation expenses of $14.51 per shareNon-GAAP diluted earnings per share of $9.64 Capital Structure
Ended the third quarter with $308.1 million in cash and no debtRepurchased $79.5 million in shares from December 28, 2025 to October 16, 2026 “The demand environment remains challenging, and we are prioritizing actions within our control to strengthen our business and improve market share trends,” said Chairman, Founder and CEO Jim Koch. “We are encouraged by the strong performance of Sun Cruiser and remain focused on marketplace execution, while our continued emphasis on productivity and strong cash generation provide a solid foundation to invest behind our brands and drive long-term value.”
“We delivered strong gross margin expansion and are raising the low end of our gross margin and earnings guidance, while managing through a dynamic consumer demand and input cost environment,” said Interim CFO and Chief Accounting Officer Matt Murphy. “Our results reflect continued progress from our multi-year supply chain transformation, disciplined investment, and an ongoing focus on productivity across the organization.”
Details of the results were as follows:
Third Quarter 2026 (13 weeks ended September 26, 2026) Summary of Results
Depletions for the third quarter decreased 5% compared to the third quarter of the prior year. Shipment volume for the quarter was approximately 1.8 million barrels, a 4.9% decrease compared to the third quarter of the prior year, driven by declines in Twisted Tea, Truly, and Samuel Adams that were partially offset by growth in the Sun Cruiser and Angry Orchard brands.
The Company believes distributor inventories as of September 26, 2026 were at appropriate levels and averaged approximately four weeks on hand which is lower than the four and a half weeks on hand at the end of September 2025.
Revenue for the quarter decreased 3.2% due to decreases in volume that were only partially offset by favorable product mix and pricing.
Gross margin of 51.7% increased from the 50.8% margin realized in the third quarter of 2025, or an increase of 90 basis points year over year. Gross margin primarily benefited from favorable product mix, price increases, procurement savings and improved brewery efficiencies, which were partially offset by inflationary commodity and tariff costs.
The third quarter gross margin of 51.7% includes $1.6 million of shortfall fees and non-cash expense of third-party production pre-payments in total, which negatively impacted gross margin by approximately 31 basis points on an absolute basis.
Advertising, promotional and selling expenses in the third quarter were flat year over year. This reflected $9.5 million in higher freight costs, with higher freight rates more than offsetting the benefit of lower shipment volumes, and a $9.0 million reduction in advertising spend.
General and administrative expenses decreased by $2.1 million compared to the third quarter of 2025, primarily driven by lower salary and benefit costs. Included in the current-quarter expense was $0.4 million of legal fees related to the previously disclosed supplier dispute litigation.
Litigation expenses of $1.8 million, related to the supplier dispute, represents post-judgment interest expense. Post-judgment interest expense through the appeals process will be applied to the combined pre-tax total of the judgment and pre-judgment interest amounts of $191.0 million at the statutory rate, which is estimated to be 3.79%. The Company continues to deny that it breached the terms of the contract with the supplier and intends to pursue all available post-trial motions and appellate remedies. The Company cannot estimate when or if damages or interest will ultimately be paid or when this matter will ultimately be resolved.
In the third quarter of 2026, the combined pre-tax expense related to the supplier dispute litigation of $2.2 million consists of legal expenses of $0.4 million, recorded in general and administrative expenses, and litigation expenses of $1.8 million. The after-tax impact reduced earnings per share by $0.16.
Impairment of brewery assets of $2.9 million increased by $1.5 million compared to the third quarter of 2025, due to increased write-offs of equipment at Company-owned breweries.
The Company’s effective tax rate for the third quarter was 26.7%. Excluding the impact of the supplier dispute litigation, the effective tax rate remained 26.7% compared to 28.1% in the prior year. This decrease in rate is due primarily to the impact of non-deductible stock compensation.
Year-to-date 2026 (39 weeks ended September 26, 2026) Summary of Results
Depletions year-to-date decreased 5% from the prior year. Shipment volume year-to-date was approximately 5.4 million barrels, a 5.4% decrease from the prior year, driven by declines in Twisted Tea, Truly, and Samuel Adams, partially offset by growth in the Sun Cruiser and Angry Orchard brands.
Revenue year-to-date decreased 3.6% due to decreases in volume, partially offset by favorable product mix and pricing.
Gross margin year-to-date of 50.5% increased from the 49.7% margin realized in year-to-date 2025, or an increase of 80 basis points year over year. Gross margin primarily benefited from price increases, favorable product mix, procurement savings and improved brewery efficiencies, which were partially offset by increased inflationary commodity and tariff costs.
The year-to-date gross margin of 50.5% includes $4.8 million of shortfall fees and non-cash expense of third-party production pre-payments in total, which negatively impacted gross margin by approximately 32 basis points on an absolute basis.
Advertising, promotional and selling expenses year-to-date increased $29.2 million or 6.3% from year-to-date 2025, resulting from higher freight costs of $20.6 million, as freight rate increases more than offset the benefit of lower shipment volumes and increased brand local marketing investments of $8.5 million.
General and administrative expenses year-to-date increased $5.4 million or 3.9% from year-to-date 2025, primarily due to increased legal costs. This increase included $5.8 million of legal fees related to the previously disclosed supplier dispute litigation.
Litigation expense of $194.5 million, related to the supplier dispute, consists of the judgment of $175.5 million, pre-judgment interest expense of $15.5 million and post-judgment interest expense of $3.5 million.
The litigation expense of $194.5 million, combined with related legal expenses of $5.8 million, recorded in general and administrative expenses, have an after-tax negative impact on earnings per share of $14.51.
Impairment of brewery assets of $3.1 million decreased by $3.3 million from year-to-date 2025, due to decreased write-offs of equipment at third party and Company-owned breweries.
The Company’s effective tax rate year-to-date was a benefit of 12.4%. Excluding the impact of the supplier dispute litigation, the effective tax rate was a provision of 29.9% compared to a provision of 28.8% in the prior year. This increase in rate is due primarily to the increased negative impact of non-deductible stock compensation.
The Company expects that its September 26, 2026 cash balance of $308.1 million, together with its projected future operating cash flows and the unused balance on its $150 million line of credit, will be sufficient to fund future cash requirements, including the potential litigation-related payments.
During the 39-week period ended September 26, 2026 and the period from September 27, 2026 through October 16, 2026, the Company repurchased shares of its Class A Common Stock in the amounts of $73.5 million and $6.0 million, respectively, for a total of $79.5 million year to date. As of October 16, 2026, the Company had approximately $149 million remaining on the $1.6 billion share buyback expenditure limit set by the Board of Directors.
Depletions Estimate
Year-to-date depletions through the 42-week period ended October 17, 2026 are estimated by the Company to have decreased approximately 5% from the comparable period in 2025.
Full-Year 2026 Projections
The Company has updated its financial guidance for the full year 2026. The Company’s actual 2026 results could vary significantly from the current projection and are highly sensitive to changes in volume projections, supply chain performance, inflationary and commodity impacts and tariff policy. Tariff cost projections below, which are net of a $3 million refund received in the third quarter, are consistent with tariffs currently being charged by the Company’s suppliers and that the Company currently expects to continue for the remainder of 2026.
Full Year 2026Current GuidancePrevious GuidanceDepletions and Shipments Percentage ChangeDown mid-single digitsDown low-single digits to mid-single digitsPrice Increases1% to 2%1% to 2%Gross Margin (including Tariffs)49% to 50%48.5% to 50%Tariff Costs ($ million)$18 to $22$20 to $30Advertising, Promotion, and Selling Expense Year Over Year Change ($ million)Approximately Flat$0 to $20GAAP Tax Rate (Benefit)/ Provision(11.0%) to (12.0%)(11.0%) to (12.0%)Non GAAP Tax Rate Provision29% to 30%29% to 30%GAAP EPS (Income/ (Loss))($5.76) to ($4.26)($6.23) to ($4.23)Non-recurring Litigation Expenses impact per share($14.76)($14.73)Non GAAP EPS$9.00 to $10.50$8.50 to $10.50Capital Spending ($ million)$55 to $70$60 to $80 Underlying the Company's current 2026 projections are the following full-year estimates and targets:
The Company is monitoring changes in commodity, fuel and transportation costs driven by macroeconomic factors. Freight costs remain elevated due to higher transportation rates, labor constraints within the transportation industry and higher fuel costs, while energy costs also impact aluminum input costs, given the energy intensive nature of aluminum production. The Company's current estimates of these cost increases are reflected in its guidance.Supply chain improvements implemented during 2025 resulted in more consistent levels of distributor inventory in terms of weeks on hand. The impact of these changes on prior-year shipment flows, together with the expected timing of shipments to meet customer demand in 2026, continues to influence the quarterly phasing of shipments. Accordingly, we currently expect modest shipment growth in the fourth quarter. The Company’s business is seasonal, with the fourth quarter typically a lower volume quarter and the lowest gross margin rate of the year. At the midpoint of the full year guidance range, the Company expects year-over-year gross margin rate improvement to be the most meaningful in the fourth quarter as shortfall fees are expected to be lower in 2026 versus 2025 and the Company typically expenses the majority of its shortfall fees in the fourth quarter. During full year 2026, the Company estimates shortfall fees and non-cash expense of third-party production pre-payments in total will negatively impact gross margins by 40 to 60 basis points.The advertising, selling and promotional expense projection does not include any changes in freight costs for the shipment of products to the Company’s distributors. Advertising investment levels are expected to decline year over year in the fourth quarter, reflecting lower planned full-year investment and a comparison against high levels of investment in the fourth quarter of 2025 that included production costs associated with preparation for 2026 programming. Full-Year 2027 Projections
The Company is planning to provide full year 2027 financial guidance during its fourth quarter earnings call in February 2027.
Use of Non-GAAP Measures
Non-GAAP EPS and Non-GAAP Tax Rate are not defined terms under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). Non-GAAP EPS, or Non-GAAP earnings per diluted share, excludes from projected GAAP EPS the impact of the non-recurring litigation relating to a supplier dispute of $0.16 per diluted share in expense in the third quarter of 2026 and $14.51 per diluted share year-to-date 2026 impact. Non-GAAP Tax Rate excludes from the projected GAAP Tax Rate the tax impact of the non-recurring litigation expense. These non-GAAP measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for diluted earnings per share prepared in accordance with GAAP, and may not be comparable to calculations of similarly titled measures by other companies. Management uses these non-GAAP financial measures to make operating and strategic decisions and to evaluate the Company’s underlying business performance. Management believes these forward-looking non-GAAP measures provide meaningful and useful information to investors and analysts regarding the Company’s outlook for its ongoing financial and business performance or trends and facilitates period to period comparisons of its forecasted financial performance.
Forward-Looking Statements
Statements made in this press release that state the Company’s or management’s intentions, hopes, beliefs, expectations or predictions of the future are forward-looking statements. It is important to note that the Company’s actual results could differ materially from those projected in such forward-looking statements. Additional information concerning factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements is contained from time to time in the Company’s SEC filings, including, but not limited to, the Company’s report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 27, 2025 and subsequent reports filed by the Company with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 8-K. Copies of these documents are available from the SEC and may be found on the Company’s website, www.bostonbeer.com. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date they are made. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements.
About the Company
The Boston Beer Company, Inc. (NYSE: SAM) began in 1984 brewing Samuel Adams beer and has since grown to become one of the largest and most respected craft brewers in the United States. We consistently offer the highest-quality products to our drinkers, and we apply what we’ve learned from making great-tasting craft beer to making great-tasting and innovative “beyond beer” products. Boston Beer Company has pioneered not only craft beer but also hard cider, hard seltzer and hard tea. Our core brands include household names like Angry Orchard Hard Cider, Dogfish Head, Sun Cruiser, Truly Hard Seltzer, Twisted Tea Hard Iced Tea, and Samuel Adams. We have taprooms and hospitality locations in Delaware, Massachusetts, New York and Ohio. For more information, please visit our website at www.bostonbeer.com, which includes links to our respective brand websites.
Thursday, October 22, 2026
THE BOSTON BEER COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (in thousands, except per share data) (unaudited) Thirteen weeks ended Thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2026 September 27, 2025 September 26, 2026 September 27, 2025 Revenue $555,458 $571,476 $1,624,792 $1,678,258 Less excise taxes 35,357 33,982 102,423 98,948 Net revenue 520,101 537,494 1,522,369 1,579,310 Cost of goods sold 251,023 264,377 752,960 794,412 Gross profit 269,078 273,117 769,409 784,898 Operating expenses: Advertising, promotional, and selling expenses 165,182 164,739 491,138 461,987 General and administrative expenses 42,855 44,913 144,035 138,615 Impairment of brewery assets 2,888 1,416 3,124 6,401 Litigation expense 1,824 — 194,471 — Total operating expenses 212,749 211,068 832,768 607,003 Operating income (loss) 56,329 62,049 (63,359) 177,895 Other income, net: Interest income, net 2,714 2,696 6,604 7,320 Other expense, net (138) (595) (950) (1,168)Total other income, net 2,576 2,101 5,654 6,152 Income (loss) before income tax provision (benefit) 58,905 64,150 (57,705) 184,047 Income tax provision (benefit) 15,739 17,995 (7,176) 53,047 Net income (loss) $43,166 $46,155 $(50,529) $131,000 Net income (loss) per common share – basic $4.21 $4.25 $(4.87) $11.83 Net income (loss) per common share – diluted $4.21 $4.25 $(4.87) $11.82 Weighted-average number of common shares – basic 10,254 10,855 10,369 11,073 Weighted-average number of common shares – diluted 10,224 10,830 10,369 11,050 Net income (loss) $43,166 $46,155 $(50,529) $131,000 Other comprehensive income (loss): Foreign currency translation adjustment 27 (161) (207) 233 Total other comprehensive income (loss) 27 (161) (207) 233 Comprehensive income (loss) $43,193 $45,994 $(50,736) $131,233 THE BOSTON BEER COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands, except share data) (unaudited) September 26, 2026 December 27, 2025 Assets Current Assets: Cash and cash equivalents $308,072 $223,378 Accounts receivable, net 83,032 57,094 Inventories, net 98,078 92,532 Prepaid expenses and other current assets 24,668 20,316 Income tax receivable 2,096 24,259 Total current assets 515,946 417,579 Property, plant, and equipment, net 542,645 578,125 Operating right-of-use assets 23,000 30,229 Goodwill 112,529 112,529 Intangible assets, net 13,483 14,753 Third-party production prepayments 5,324 7,099 Note receivable 7,826 11,218 Other assets 18,635 22,063 Total assets $1,239,388 $1,193,595 Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity Current Liabilities: Accounts payable $107,640 $94,975 Accrued expenses and other current liabilities 146,382 144,797 Accrued litigation expenses 194,471 - Current operating lease liabilities 7,871 12,762 Total current liabilities 456,364 252,534 Deferred income taxes, net 21,524 64,785 Non-current operating lease liabilities 21,667 25,111 Other liabilities 4,103 4,885 Total liabilities 503,658 347,315 Commitments and Contingencies Stockholders' Equity: Class A Common Stock, $0.01 par value; 22,700,000 shares authorized; 8,086,764 and 8,408,458 issued and outstanding as of September 26, 2026 and December 27, 2025, respectively 81 84 Class B Common Stock, $0.01 par value; 4,200,000 shares authorized; 2,068,000 issued and outstanding as of September 26, 2026 and December 27, 2025 21 21 Additional paid-in capital 713,081 698,811 Accumulated other comprehensive loss (587) (380)Retained earnings 23,134 147,744 Total stockholders' equity 735,730 846,280 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity $1,239,388 $1,193,595 THE BOSTON BEER COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands) (unaudited) Thirty-nine weeks ended September 26,
2026 September 27,
2025 Cash flows provided by operating activities: Net (loss) income $(50,529) $131,000 Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation and amortization 63,478 67,726 Impairment of brewery assets 3,124 6,401 Gain on sale of property, plant, and equipment (88) (47)Litigation expense 194,471 — Change in right-of-use assets 8,342 (5,654)Stock-based compensation expense 15,126 14,408 Deferred income taxes (43,261) (15,496)Other non-cash income (374) (32)Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Accounts receivable (25,961) (22,866)Inventories (6,585) 13,816 Prepaid expenses and other current assets (4,502) (3,329)Income tax receivable 22,163 4,925 Third-party production prepayments 1,775 6,058 Brewery-related assets and cloud computing 4,968 4,975 Other non-current assets (498) (1,148)Accounts payable 14,320 16,042 Accrued expenses and other current liabilities 7,916 8,205 Operating lease liabilities (9,450) 4,958 Other non-current liabilities (233) 276 Net cash provided by operating activities 194,202 230,218 Cash flows used in investing activities: Purchases of property, plant, and equipment (31,234) (36,717)Proceeds from disposal of property, plant, and equipment 88 47 Net cash used in investing activities (31,146) (36,670)Cash flows used in financing activities: Repurchases and retirement of Class A common stock (75,338) (152,423)Proceeds from exercise of stock options and sale of investment shares 1,495 1,242 Cash paid on finance leases (1,092) (1,288)Payment of tax withholding on stock-based payment awards and investment shares (3,427) (2,444)Net cash used in financing activities (78,362) (154,913)Change in cash and cash equivalents 84,694 38,635 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 223,378 211,819 Cash and cash equivalents at end of period $308,072 $250,454 Copies of The Boston Beer Company's press releases, including quarterly financial results, are available at www.bostonbeer.com Investor Relations Contact:Media Contact:Nora DohertyDave DeCecco(617) 368-5390(914) 261-6572[email protected][email protected]
Revenue of $6.0 billion, 7.2% organic growth
Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITA of $1.1 billion, 18.2% margin
2026 Third Quarter - Reported:
Revenue of $6.4 billion
Diluted earnings per share of $2.38; $2.73 Non-GAAP Adjusted, up 22%
Operating Income of $991.7 million; $1.1 billion Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITA, 17.6% margin
, /PRNewswire/ -- Omnicom (NYSE: OMC) today announced results for the quarter ended September 30, 2026.
"As we approach the one-year anniversary of the Interpublic acquisition, we continue to deliver the expected benefits of the combination. We've strengthened our competitive position and are on track to deliver $900 million in cost-reduction synergies in 2026 resulting in stronger organic revenue growth, operating margins, and earnings per share," said John Wren, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Omnicom. "With our integration nearly complete and our portfolio of companies and operations streamlined, we're focused on high-demand services and are well positioned to pursue future growth. We'll continue investing in our people and agentic technology to drive measurable business outcomes for our clients."
Third Quarter 2026 Results - Core Operations
Three Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions
2026
2025
Omnicom
Combined (OMC + IPG)
2026
Consolidated
Less:
Dispositions &
Held for Sale
Core Operations
(Net of
Dispositions &
Held for Sale)
2025
Combined
Less:
Dispositions &
Held for Sale
Core Operations
(Net of
Dispositions &
Held for Sale)
Revenue
$ 6,422.8
$ 412.1
$ 6,010.7
$ 6,531.1
$ 927.8
$ 5,603.3
Adjusted EBITA
$ 1,130.1
$ 33.9
$ 1,096.2
$ 1,046.1
$ 141.0
$ 905.1
Adj EBITA Margin
17.6 %
8.2 %
18.2 %
16.0 %
15.2 %
16.2 %
See notes on pages 2 and 12.
Revenue from Core Operations
Revenue from Core Operations in the third quarter of 2026 increased $407.4 million, or 7.3%, to $6.0 billion as compared to the third quarter of 2025, primarily due to organic growth of $400.8 million, or 7.2%, and an increase due to foreign currency translation of $3.4 million, or 0.1%.
Revenue contribution by discipline as a percentage of revenue from Core Operations of $6.0 billion in the third quarter of 2026 was as follows: $3.2 billion, or 53.0%, for Integrated Media; $935.4 million, or 15.6%, for Advertising; $566.6 million, or 9.4%, for Health; $678.3 million, or 11.3%, for Public Relations; and $644.3 million, or 10.7%, for Experiential & Other. Revenue from dispositions and assets held for sale was $412.1 million.
Revenue contribution by region as a percentage of revenue from Core Operations of $6.0 billion in the third quarter of 2026 was as follows: $3.6 billion, or 60.2%, for the United States; $721.1 million, or 12.0%, for Euro Markets & Other Europe; $555.7 million, or 9.2%, for the United Kingdom; $573.1 million, or 9.6%, for Asia Pacific; $226.8 million, or 3.8%, for Latin America; $145.7 million, or 2.4%, for the Middle East & Africa; and $168.6 million, or 2.8%, for Other North America.
Adjusted EBITA from Core Operations
Adjusted EBITA from Core Operations in the third quarter of 2026 increased $191.1 million, or 21.1%, to $1.1 billion as compared to the third quarter of 2025, and the related margin increased to 18.2% from 16.2%, primarily due to cost reduction synergies and organic revenue growth. For the third quarters of 2026 and 2025, Adjusted EBITA excluded repositioning costs, primarily related to real estate and other exit charges in connection with the acquisition of The Interpublic Group of Companies, Inc. ("IPG") and integration and acquisition-related costs of $125.1 million ($76.8 million after tax) and $99.4 million ($79.2 million after tax), respectively. For the third quarter of 2026, Adjusted EBITA from Core Operations excluded a $106.8 million gain on the disposition of a subsidiary.
Core Operations
Core Operations: calculated from the consolidated revenue, adjusted operating income and adjusted EBITA of Omnicom, excluding results of businesses that have been disposed of up to the date of disposition in 2026 and businesses classified as held for sale. Amounts for 2025 are calculated on a combined basis for Omnicom and IPG.
Third Quarter 2026 Results - Reported
$ in millions, except per share amounts
Three Months Ended September 30,
Reported 2026
Non-GAAP
Adjustments
Non-GAAP 2026
Adj.
Reported 2025
Non-GAAP
Adjustments
Non-GAAP 2025
Adj.
Revenue
$ 6,422.8
$ —
$ 6,422.8
$ 4,037.1
$ —
$ 4,037.1
Operating Income
991.7
18.3
1,010.0
530.1
99.4
629.5
Operating Income Margin
15.4 %
15.7 %
13.1 %
15.6 %
Net Income1
656.0
96.2
752.2
341.3
95.1
436.4
EPS - Diluted1
$ 2.38
$ 2.73
$ 1.75
$ 2.24
Non-GAAP Measures:1
EBITA
$ 1,111.8
$ 18.3
$ 1,130.1
$ 551.6
$ 99.4
$ 651.0
EBITA Margin
17.3 %
17.6 %
13.7 %
16.1 %
1) See notes on page 12.
Revenue
Revenue in the third quarter of 2026 increased $2.4 billion to $6.4 billion as compared to the third quarter of 2025, primarily due to the acquisition of IPG, which closed on November 26, 2025, and constant currency revenue growth. Revenue in the third quarter of 2026 includes $412.1 million from dispositions and assets held for sale.
Expenses
Operating expenses increased $1.9 billion to $5.4 billion in the third quarter of 2026 compared to the third quarter of 2025, primarily due to the acquisition of IPG. Included in operating expenses in the third quarter of 2026 are $40.4 million of integration and transaction costs related to the acquisition of IPG, $84.7 million of repositioning costs, primarily related to real estate and other exit charges, and a $106.8 million gain on the disposition of a subsidiary.
Salary and service costs increased $1.7 billion to $4.6 billion, primarily due to the IPG acquisition and constant currency revenue growth. These costs tend to fluctuate with changes in revenue and are comprised of salary and related costs, which include employee compensation and benefits costs, freelance labor, third-party service costs, and third-party incidental costs. Salary and related costs increased $1.1 billion to $2.9 billion, due to revenue growth and the acquisition of IPG. Third-party service costs increased $552.4 million to $1.5 billion, primarily due to growth in our Integrated Media discipline and the acquisition of IPG. Third-party incidental costs increased $24.3 million to $211.7 million, primarily due to revenue growth and the acquisition of IPG.
Occupancy and other costs, which are less directly linked to changes in revenue than salary and service costs, increased $176.6 million to $499.3 million, primarily due to the acquisition of IPG.
SG&A expenses increased $37.4 million to $200.9 million, primarily due to the acquisition of IPG. Included in SG&A expenses in the third quarter of 2026 are $40.4 million of integration and transaction costs related to the acquisition of IPG, compared to $60.8 million in the third quarter of 2025.
Operating Income
Operating income increased $461.6 million to $991.7 million in the third quarter of 2026 compared to the third quarter of 2025, primarily as a result of revenue growth and the IPG acquisition, partially offset by costs primarily related to the integration of IPG.
Interest Expense, net
Net interest expense in the third quarter of 2026 increased $61.0 million to $104.2 million compared to the third quarter of 2025, primarily due to debt assumed as part of the IPG acquisition and the refinancing activities in the first quarter of 2026. Interest expense increased $72.4 million to $132.8 million. Interest income increased $11.4 million to $28.6 million.
Income Taxes
Our effective tax rate for the third quarter of 2026 was 24.3% compared to 27.2% for the third quarter of 2025. The 2026 effective tax rate included the impacts of favorable settlements of uncertain tax positions. The effective tax rates for 2025 reflect the impact of the lower tax benefit associated with integration costs, severance, and repositioning charges related to the acquisition of IPG. Excluding these items, our Non-GAAP adjusted effective tax rate for the third quarter of 2026 was 25.0% compared to 26.0% for the third quarter of 2025.
Net Income – Omnicom Group Inc. and Diluted Net Income per Share
Net Income - Omnicom Group Inc. for the third quarter of 2026 increased $314.7 million to $656.0 million compared to the third quarter of 2025. Weighted-average diluted shares outstanding for the third quarter of 2026 increased to 275.4 million from 194.9 million, primarily as a result of shares issued for the IPG acquisition, partially offset by net share repurchases, including shares purchased pursuant to the accelerated stock repurchase agreement. Diluted net income per share of $2.38 increased by $0.63 from $1.75 in the prior year period.
Non-GAAP Adjusted Net Income per Share - Diluted for the third quarter of 2026 increased $0.49, or 21.9%, to $2.73 from $2.24. Non-GAAP Adjusted Net Income per Share - Diluted for the third quarters of 2026 and 2025 excluded $88.9 million and $15.9 million, respectively, of after-tax amortization expense. Non-GAAP Adjusted Net Income per Share - Diluted for the third quarter of 2026 also excluded $13.3 million of after-tax integration and transaction costs, $63.5 million of after-tax severance and repositioning costs, and a $69.5 million after-tax gain on the disposition of a subsidiary. In 2025, Non-GAAP Adjusted Net Income per Share - Diluted excluded $50.8 million of costs related to the acquisition of IPG and $28.4 million of after-tax severance and repositioning costs. We present Non-GAAP Adjusted Net Income per Share - Diluted to allow for comparability with the prior year period.
EBITA
EBITA increased $560.2 million to $1,111.8 million in the third quarter of 2026 compared to the third quarter of 2025. Adjusted EBITA increased $479.1 million, or 73.6%, to $1,130.1 million in the third quarter of 2026 compared to the third quarter of 2025, and the related margin increased to 17.6% from 16.1%. EBITA and Adjusted EBITA excluded amortization expense of $120.1 million and $21.5 million in the third quarters of 2026 and 2025, respectively. Adjusted EBITA in the third quarter of 2026 also excluded $40.4 million of costs related to the integration of IPG, severance and repositioning costs of $84.7 million, and a $106.8 million gain on the disposition of a subsidiary. Adjusted EBITA in the third quarter of 2025 also excluded $60.8 million of costs related to the acquisition of IPG and $38.6 million of severance and repositioning costs.
Risks and Uncertainties
Global economic conditions and disruptions, including geopolitical events, international hostilities, acts of terrorism, public health crises, inflation or stagflation, tariffs and other trade barriers, central bank interest rate policies in countries that comprise our major markets, labor and supply chain issues affecting the distribution of our clients' products, or a disruption in the credit markets could cause economic uncertainty and volatility. The impact of these issues on our business will vary by geographic market and discipline. We monitor economic conditions and disruptions closely, as well as client revenue levels and other factors. In response to reductions in revenue, we can take actions to align our cost structure with changes in client demand and manage our working capital. However, there can be no assurance as to the effectiveness of our efforts to mitigate any impact of the current and future adverse economic conditions and disruptions, reductions in client revenue, changes in client creditworthiness, and other developments.
Definitions - Components of Revenue Change
We use certain terms in describing the components of the change in revenue above.
Core Operations: Revenue from Core Operations excludes businesses that have been disposed of or are classified as held for sale. Amounts for 2025 are calculated on a combined basis for Omnicom and IPG.
Organic growth: calculated by subtracting the foreign exchange rate impact and the acquisition revenue from total revenue growth, which is equal to the current period revenue from Core Operations minus the prior period revenue from Core Operations.
Foreign exchange rate impact on core operations: calculated by translating the current period's local currency revenue using the prior period average exchange rates to derive current period constant currency revenue. The foreign exchange rate impact is the difference between the current period revenue in U.S. Dollars and the current period constant currency revenue.
Percentage change: Calculated by dividing the individual component amount by the prior period Core Operations revenue base.
Conference Call
Omnicom will host a conference call to review its financial results on October 22, 2026 starting at 4:30 p.m. Eastern Time. A live webcast of the call, along with the related slide presentation, will be available at Omnicom's investor relations website, investor.omc.com, and a webcast replay will be made available after the call concludes.
About Omnicom
Omnicom (NYSE: OMC) is the world's leading marketing and sales company. Powered by Omni, its proprietary data and identity platform, Omnicom's Connected Capabilities unite the company's agency brands, talent, and domain expertise across media, commerce, consulting, precision marketing, advertising, production, health, public relations, branding, and experiential to address clients' most critical growth priorities. For more information, visit www.omc.com
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We present financial measures determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States ("GAAP") and adjustments to the GAAP presentation ("Non-GAAP"), which we believe are meaningful for understanding our performance. We believe these measures are useful in evaluating the impact of certain items on operating performance and allow for comparability between reporting periods. We define EBITA as earnings before interest, taxes, and amortization, principally of acquired intangible assets and internally developed strategic platform assets, and EBITA margin is defined as EBITA divided by revenue. We use EBITA and EBITA margin as additional operating performance measures, which exclude the non-cash amortization expense principally from acquired intangible assets and internally developed strategic platform assets. We also use Adjusted Operating Income, Adjusted Operating Income Margin, Adjusted EBITA, Adjusted EBITA Margin, Adjusted Income Tax Expense, Adjusted Net Income – Omnicom Group Inc., Adjusted Net Income per share – Omnicom Group Inc. - Diluted, and organic growth as additional operating performance measures. For 2025, we also used Combined Adjusted EBITA, which was calculated using the combined adjusted EBITA of Omnicom and IPG. Non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, financial information presented in accordance with GAAP. Non-GAAP financial measures as reported by us may not be comparable to similarly titled amounts reported by other companies.
Forward-Looking Statements
Certain statements in this document contain forward-looking statements, including statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as amended. In addition, from time to time, we or our representatives have made, or may make, forward-looking statements, orally or in writing. These statements may discuss goals, intentions, and expectations as to future plans, trends, events, results of operations or financial condition, or otherwise, based on current beliefs of management as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to management. Forward-looking statements may be accompanied by words such as "aim", "anticipate", "believe", "plan", "could", "should", "would", "estimate", "expect", "forecast", "future", "guidance", "intend", "may", "will", "possible", "potential", "predict", "project" or similar words, phrases, or expressions. These forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties, many of which are outside of our control. Therefore, you should not place undue reliance on such statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include:
risks relating to the completed merger (the "Merger") between us and IPG, including risks related to the integration of IPG's business, such as, among others: uncertainties associated with retaining key management and other employees; potential disruptions to client, vendor, and business partner relationships; the risk that integration activities may be more time-consuming, complex, or costly than expected; the possibility that anticipated synergies, efficiencies, and other benefits of the Merger may not be realized, or may be realized more slowly than anticipated; and risks associated with managing a larger, more complex combined organization and effectively integrating systems, processes, operations, and cultures;
adverse economic conditions, including geopolitical events, international hostilities, acts of terrorism, public health crises, inflation or stagflation, tariffs and other trade barriers, central bank interest rate policies in countries that comprise our major markets, labor and supply chain issues affecting the distribution of our clients' products, or a disruption in the credit markets;
international, national, or local economic conditions that could adversely affect us or our clients;
reductions in client spending, a slowdown in client payments or a deterioration or disruption in the credit markets;
the ability to attract new clients and retain existing clients in the manner anticipated;
changes in client marketing and communications services requirements;
failure to manage potential conflicts of interest between or among clients;
unanticipated changes related to competitive factors in the marketing and communications services industries;
unanticipated changes to, or an inability to hire and retain, key personnel;
currency exchange rate fluctuations;
reliance on information technology systems and risks related to cybersecurity incidents;
effective management of the risks, challenges, and efficiencies presented by utilizing artificial intelligence, or AI, technologies and related partnerships in our business, and their use by our competitors;
failure to adapt to technological developments;
our liquidity, long-term financing needs, credit ratings, and access to capital markets;
changes in legislation or governmental regulations affecting us or our clients;
losses on media purchases and production costs incurred on behalf of clients;
risks associated with assumptions we make in connection with our acquisitions, critical accounting estimates, and legal proceedings;
our international operations, which are subject to the risks of currency repatriation restrictions, social or political conditions and an evolving regulatory environment in high-growth markets and developing countries;
risks related to our environmental, social and governance goals and initiatives, including impacts from regulators and other stakeholders, and the impact of factors outside of our control on such goals and initiatives;
changes in tax rates, tax laws, regulations or interpretations, or adverse outcomes of tax audits or proceedings; and
other business, financial, operational and legal risks and uncertainties detailed from time to time in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC").
The foregoing list of factors is not exhaustive. You should carefully consider the foregoing factors and the other risks and uncertainties that may affect our business, including those described in Item 1A., "Risk Factors" and Item 7., "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations", in our Annual Report on Form 10-K, in this document and in other documents filed from time to time with the SEC. Except as required under applicable law, we do not assume any obligation to update these forward-looking statements.
OMNICOM GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(Unaudited)
(In millions, except per share amounts)
Three Months Ended September 30,
Nine Months Ended September 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Revenue
$ 6,422.8
$ 4,037.1
$ 19,228.2
$ 11,743.1
Operating Expenses:
Salary and service costs
4,586.4
2,921.5
13,939.3
8,600.4
Occupancy and other costs
499.3
322.7
1,531.0
963.2
Severance and repositioning costs1
84.7
38.6
135.8
127.4
Net (gain) loss on assets held for sale and dispositions1
(106.8)
—
(72.5)
—
Cost of services
5,063.6
3,282.8
15,533.6
9,691.0
Selling, general and administrative expenses1
200.9
163.5
634.4
451.8
Depreciation and amortization
166.6
60.7
499.8
178.4
Total Operating Expenses1
5,431.1
3,507.0
16,667.8
10,321.2
Operating Income
991.7
530.1
2,560.4
1,421.9
Interest Expense
132.8
60.4
375.0
182.1
Interest Income
28.6
17.2
105.5
68.8
Income Before Income Taxes and Income (Loss) From
Equity Method Investments
887.5
486.9
2,290.9
1,308.6
Income Tax Expense1
215.4
132.3
594.8
373.5
Income (Loss) From Equity Method Investments
2.5
5.8
2.7
6.5
Net Income1
674.6
360.4
1,698.8
941.6
Net Income Attributed To Noncontrolling Interests
18.6
19.1
52.8
55.0
Net Income - Omnicom Group Inc.1
$ 656.0
$ 341.3
$ 1,646.0
$ 886.6
Net Income Per Share - Omnicom Group Inc.:1
Basic
$ 2.39
$ 1.76
$ 5.80
$ 4.54
Diluted
$ 2.38
$ 1.75
$ 5.77
$ 4.51
Dividends Declared Per Common Share
$ 0.80
$ 0.70
$ 2.40
$ 2.10
Operating Income Margin
15.4 %
13.1 %
13.3 %
12.1 %
Non-GAAP Measures:4
EBITA2
$ 1,111.8
$ 551.6
$ 2,915.6
$ 1,485.0
EBITA Margin2
17.3 %
13.7 %
15.2 %
12.6 %
EBITA - Adjusted1,2
$ 1,130.1
$ 651.0
$ 3,118.8
$ 1,773.0
EBITA Margin - Adjusted1,2
17.6 %
16.1 %
16.2 %
15.1 %
Non-GAAP Adjusted Net Income Per Share - Omnicom Group Inc. - Diluted1,3
$ 2.73
$ 2.24
$ 7.25
$ 5.98
1)
See Note 3 on page 12.
2)
See Note 4 on page 12 for the definition of EBITA.
3)
Adjusted Net Income per Share - Diluted for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2026 and 2025 excludes after-tax amortization expense principally from acquired intangible assets and internally developed strategic platform assets, after-tax severance and repositioning costs, after-tax (gain) loss on disposition of subsidiaries and after-tax integration and acquisition costs related to the acquisition of IPG. We believe these measures are useful in evaluating the impact of these items on operating performance and allow for comparability between reporting periods.
4)
See Non-GAAP reconciliations starting on page 9.
OMNICOM GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
DETAIL OF OPERATING EXPENSES
(Unaudited)
(In millions)
Three Months Ended September 30,
Nine Months Ended September 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Revenue
$ 6,422.8
$ 4,037.1
$ 19,228.2
$ 11,743.1
Operating Expenses:
Salary and service costs:
Salary and related costs
2,866.7
1,778.5
8,894.9
5,386.8
Third-party service costs1
1,508.0
955.6
4,396.1
2,670.8
Third-party incidental costs2
211.7
187.4
648.3
542.8
Total salary and service costs
4,586.4
2,921.5
13,939.3
8,600.4
Occupancy and other costs
499.3
322.7
1,531.0
963.2
Severance and repositioning costs3
84.7
38.6
135.8
127.4
Net (gain) loss on assets held for sale and dispositions3
(106.8)
—
(72.5)
—
Cost of services
5,063.6
3,282.8
15,533.6
9,691.0
Selling, general and administrative expenses3
200.9
163.5
634.4
451.8
Depreciation and amortization
166.6
60.7
499.8
178.4
Total operating expenses3
5,431.1
3,507.0
16,667.8
10,321.2
Operating Income
$ 991.7
$ 530.1
$ 2,560.4
$ 1,421.9
1)
Third-party service costs include third-party supplier costs when we act as principal in providing services to our clients.
2)
Third-party incidental costs primarily consist of client-related travel and incidental out-of-pocket costs, which we bill back to the client directly at our cost and which we are required to include in revenue.
3)
See Note 3 on page 12.
OMNICOM GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
(Unaudited)
(In millions)
Three Months Ended September 30,
Nine Months Ended September 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net Income - Omnicom Group Inc.
$ 656.0
$ 341.3
$ 1,646.0
$ 886.6
Net Income Attributed To Noncontrolling Interests
18.6
19.1
52.8
55.0
Net Income
674.6
360.4
1,698.8
941.6
Income (Loss) From Equity Method Investments
2.5
5.8
2.7
6.5
Income Tax Expense
215.4
132.3
594.8
373.5
Income Before Income Taxes and Income (Loss) From
Equity Method Investments
887.5
486.9
2,290.9
1,308.6
Interest Expense
132.8
60.4
375.0
182.1
Interest Income
28.6
17.2
105.5
68.8
Operating Income
991.7
530.1
2,560.4
1,421.9
Add back: amortization principally from acquired intangible
assets and internally developed strategic platform assets1
120.1
21.5
355.2
63.1
Earnings before interest, taxes and amortization of
intangible assets ("EBITA")1
$ 1,111.8
$ 551.6
$ 2,915.6
$ 1,485.0
Depreciation and other
46.5
39.2
144.6
115.3
EBITDA
$ 1,158.3
$ 590.8
$ 3,060.2
$ 1,600.3
EBITA1
$ 1,111.8
$ 551.6
$ 2,915.6
$ 1,485.0
Severance and repositioning costs2
84.7
38.6
135.8
127.4
Net (gain) loss on assets held for sale and dispositions2
(106.8)
—
(72.5)
—
Integration and acquisition related costs2
40.4
60.8
139.9
160.6
EBITA - Adjusted1,2
$ 1,130.1
$ 651.0
$ 3,118.8
$ 1,773.0
Revenue
$ 6,422.8
$ 4,037.1
$ 19,228.2
$ 11,743.1
Non-GAAP Measures:
EBITA1
$ 1,111.8
$ 551.6
$ 2,915.6
$ 1,485.0
EBITA Margin1
17.3 %
13.7 %
15.2 %
12.6 %
EBITA - Adjusted1,2
$ 1,130.1
$ 651.0
$ 3,118.8
$ 1,773.0
EBITA Margin - Adjusted1,2
17.6 %
16.1 %
16.2 %
15.1 %
1) See Note 4 on page 12.
2) See Note 3 on page 12.
The above table reconciles the Non-GAAP financial measures of EBITDA, EBITA, EBITA - Adjusted, EBITA Margin and EBITA Margin-Adjusted to the GAAP financial measure of Net Income-Omnicom Group Inc. We use EBITA and EBITA Margin as additional operating performance measures, which exclude the non-cash amortization expense principally from acquired intangible assets and internally developed strategic platform assets. Accordingly, we believe EBITDA, EBITA, EBITA Margin, EBITA - Adjusted, and EBITA Margin - Adjusted are useful measures for investors to evaluate the comparability of the performance of our business year to year.
OMNICOM GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES - Combined
(Unaudited)
(In millions)
Three Months Ended September 30, 2025
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025
OMC
IPG
COMBINED
OMC
IPG
COMBINED
Net Income - Omnicom Group Inc.
$ 341.3
$ 124.2
$ 465.5
$ 886.6
$ 201.3
$ 1,087.9
Net Income Attributed To Noncontrolling Interests
19.1
2.9
22.0
55.0
4.1
59.1
Net Income
360.4
127.1
487.5
941.6
205.4
1,147.0
Income (Loss) From Equity Method Investments
5.8
(2.9)
2.9
6.5
(2.8)
3.7
Income Tax Expense
132.3
58.7
191.0
373.5
104.1
477.6
Income Before Income Taxes and Income (Loss) From
Equity Method Investments
486.9
188.7
675.6
1,308.6
312.3
1,620.9
Interest Expense
60.4
48.9
109.3
182.1
149.5
331.6
Interest Income
17.2
24.3
41.5
68.8
85.1
153.9
Other Expense, Net
—
5.7
5.7
—
44.0
44.0
Operating Income
530.1
219.0
749.1
1,421.9
420.7
1,842.6
Add back: amortization principally from acquired intangible
assets and internally developed strategic platform assets1
21.5
23.8
45.3
63.1
65.3
128.4
Earnings before interest, taxes and amortization of
intangible assets ("EBITA")1
$ 551.6
$ 242.8
$ 794.4
$ 1,485.0
$ 486.0
$ 1,971.0
EBITA1
$ 551.6
$ 242.8
$ 794.4
$ 1,485.0
$ 486.0
$ 1,971.0
Severance and repositioning costs2
38.6
129.5
168.1
127.4
450.8
578.2
Acquisition related costs2
60.8
22.8
83.6
160.6
38.5
199.1
EBITA - Adjusted1,2
$ 651.0
$ 395.1
$ 1,046.1
$ 1,773.0
$ 975.3
$ 2,748.3
Revenue
$ 4,037.1
$ 2,494.0
$ 6,531.1
$ 11,743.1
$ 7,353.4
$ 19,096.5
Non-GAAP Measures:
EBITA Margin - Adjusted1,2
16.0 %
14.4 %
1) See Note 4 on page 12.
2) See Note 3 on page 12.
The above table reconciles the Non-GAAP financial measures of EBITA, EBITA - Adjusted, EBITA Margin and EBITA Margin-Adjusted to the GAAP financial measure of Net Income-Omnicom Group Inc. We use EBITA and EBITA Margin as additional operating performance measures, which exclude the non-cash amortization expense principally from acquired intangible assets and internally developed strategic platform assets. Accordingly, we believe EBITA, EBITA Margin, EBITA - Adjusted, and EBITA Margin - Adjusted are useful measures for investors to evaluate the comparability of the performance of our business year to year.
OMNICOM GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
(Unaudited)
(In millions)
Three Months Ended September 30,
Reported
2026
Non-
GAAP
Adj. (1)
Non-
GAAP
2026 Adj.
Reported
2025
Non-
GAAP
Adj. (1)
Non-
GAAP
2025 Adj.
Revenue
$ 6,422.8
$ —
$ 6,422.8
$ 4,037.1
$ —
$ 4,037.1
Operating Expenses1
5,431.1
(18.3)
5,412.8
3,507.0
(99.4)
3,407.6
Operating Income
991.7
18.3
1,010.0
530.1
99.4
629.5
Operating Income Margin
15.4 %
15.7 %
13.1 %
15.6 %
Nine Months Ended September 30,
Reported
2026
Non-
GAAP
Adj. (1)
Non-
GAAP
2026 Adj.
Reported
2025
Non-
GAAP
Adj. (1)
Non-
GAAP
2025 Adj.
Revenue
$ 19,228.2
$ —
$ 19,228.2
$ 11,743.1
$ —
$ 11,743.1
Operating Expenses1
16,667.8
(203.2)
16,464.6
10,321.2
(288.0)
10,033.2
Operating Income
2,560.4
203.2
2,763.6
1,421.9
288.0
1,709.9
Operating Income Margin
13.3 %
14.4 %
12.1 %
14.6 %
Three Months Ended September 30,
Nine Months Ended September 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net
Income
Net Income
per Share-
Diluted
Net
Income
Net Income
per Share-
Diluted
Net
Income
Net Income
per Share-
Diluted
Net
Income
Net Income
per Share-
Diluted
Net Income - Omnicom Group
Inc. - Reported
$ 656.0
$ 2.38
$ 341.3
$ 1.75
$ 1,646.0
$ 5.77
$ 886.6
$ 4.51
Severance and repositioning
costs (after-tax)2
63.5
0.23
28.4
0.15
101.8
0.36
95.7
0.49
Net (gain) loss on assets held for
sale and dispositions1
(69.5)
(0.25)
—
—
(41.7)
(0.15)
—
—
Integration and acquisition
related costs (after-tax)1,2
13.3
0.05
50.8
0.26
98.1
0.34
145.0
0.74
Amortization expense (after-tax)2
88.9
0.32
15.9
0.08
262.9
0.93
46.7
0.24
Non-GAAP Net Income -
Omnicom Group Inc. - Adjusted2,3
$ 752.2
$ 2.73
$ 436.4
$ 2.24
$ 2,067.1
$ 7.25
$ 1,174.0
$ 5.98
1)
See Note 3 on page 12.
2)
Adjusted Net Income per Share - Diluted for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2026 excludes after-tax amortization expense principally from acquired intangible assets and internally developed strategic platform assets, after-tax severance and repositioning costs, after-tax loss on disposition of subsidiaries and after-tax integration costs related to the acquisition of IPG. We believe these measures are useful in evaluating the impact of these items on operating performance and allow for comparability between reporting periods. Adjusted Net Income per Share - Diluted for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025 excludes after-tax amortization expense principally from acquired intangible assets and internally developed strategic platform assets, after-tax severance and repositioning costs, and after-tax integration costs related to the acquisition of IPG.
3)
Weighted-average diluted shares for the three months ended September 30, 2026 and 2025 were 275.4 million and 194.9 million, respectively. Weighted-average diluted shares for the nine months ended September 30, 2026 and 2025 were 285.2 million and 196.4 million, respectively. The above tables reconcile the Non-GAAP financial measures of Non-GAAP Operating Income - Adjusted, Non-GAAP Net Income-Omnicom Group Inc. - Adjusted and Non-GAAP Adjusted Net Income per Share - Diluted to the GAAP financial measures of Operating Income, Net Income - Omnicom Group Inc. and Net Income per Share - Diluted. Management believes these Non-GAAP measures are useful for investors to evaluate the comparability of the performance of our business year to year.
NOTES:
1)
Net Income and Net Income per Share for Omnicom Group Inc.
2)
See Non-GAAP reconciliations starting on page 9.
3)
For the three months ended September 30, 2026, operating expenses included $84.7 million ($63.5 million after-tax) of repositioning costs, primarily related to real estate and other exit charges, in connection with the Merger. For the nine months ended September 30, 2026, operating expenses included $135.8 million ($101.8 million after-tax) of repositioning costs, primarily related to real estate and other exit charges, as well as severance charges, in connection with the Merger. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2026, operating expenses included $106.8 million ($69.5 million after-tax) and $72.5 million ($41.7 million after-tax), respectively, of net gains on dispositions of certain businesses in connection with the Merger. In addition, included in selling, general and administrative expenses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2026, are integration related costs of $40.4 million ($13.3 million after-tax) and $139.9 million ($98.1 million after-tax), respectively, related to the Merger. The net impact of these items reduced operating income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2026, by $18.3 million ($7.3 million after-tax) and $203.2 million ($158.2 million after-tax), respectively, which reduced diluted net income per share - Omnicom Group Inc. by $0.03 and $0.55, respectively.
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, operating expenses included $38.6 million ($28.4 million after-tax) of repositioning costs, primarily related to severance actions as we prepared to integrate IPG. For the nine months ended September 30, 2025, operating expenses included $127.4 million ($95.7 million after-tax) of repositioning costs, related to severance actions as we prepared for the acquisition of IPG, as well as efficiency initiatives in the second quarter of 2025, primarily within the Omnicom Advertising and Omnicom Production. In addition, included in selling, general and administrative expenses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025, are acquisition related costs of $60.8 million ($50.8 million after-tax) and $160.6 million ($145.0 million after-tax), respectively, related to the Merger. The net impact of these items reduced operating income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025 by $99.4 million ($79.2 million after-tax) and $288.0 million ($240.7 million after-tax), respectively, which reduced diluted net income per share - Omnicom Group Inc. by $0.41 and $1.23, respectively.
4)
We define EBITA as earnings before interest, taxes and amortization, principally of acquired intangible assets and internally developed strategic platform assets.
5)
Combined (OMC + IPG) represents combined results from Omnicom and IPG as previously reported on a separate company basis during the prior year period. Amounts for 2025 are calculated on a combined basis for Omnicom and IPG. These amounts are the arithmetic sum of each company's historical reported results, sourced from either Omnicom's Form 8-K filed on October 21, 2025 or IPG's Form 10-Q filed on November 10, 2025, and have not been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X, do not reflect any pro forma adjustments, and are not necessarily indicative of the results that would have been achieved had the Merger been completed at the beginning of the periods presented. Any pro forma adjustments in conformity with Article 11 would not be material to the combined amounts presented.
6)
Core Operations: calculated from the consolidated revenue, adjusted operating income and adjusted EBITA of Omnicom, excluding businesses that have been disposed of or are classified as held for sale. Dispositions and held for sale, includes 2025 pre acquisition results for all businesses designated as assets held for sale and includes 2026 results for all business designated as held for sale for which the dispositions have not yet been completed, and for completed dispositions for the portion of the period prior to their disposition date.
IonQ plánuje na začátku roku 2027 uvést 256qubitový kvantový systém; i v optimistickém scénáři by potenciální výnos dosáhl jen něco málo přes 90násobek.
IonQ (IONQ -3.47%) is one of the most popular quantum computing pure plays for a reason. It has incredible technology, and its latest quantum computer model will launch early next year. This could kick-start more interest in quantum computing if it's successful, and a handful of preorders are already lined up.
This bodes well for the stock, but how much upside does it have? Could it make you a millionaire? Let's check the math.
Image source: The Motley Fool.
IonQ could deliver huge growth For any stock to be called a millionaire maker, I think its return threshold should be set at 100x, meaning it could transform a $10,000 investment into $1 million. That's a high bar to clear, but the quantum computing revolution could be huge.
There are at least nine different technological approaches to make the qubits that sit at the heart of a quantum computer, the most common of which involves using superconducting circuits.
That's not the one IonQ is pursuing. Instead, it's using trapped ion qubits; each one is made from a single charged atom, held in place by electromagnetic fields. This technology offers better accuracy than superconducting qubits, but it's slower. However, given that insufficient accuracy is one of the major problems with quantum computing, this approach makes sense. IonQ currently holds the world record for the most accurate quantum computing technology, and it is building its innovative 256-qubit system around it. IonQ is expected to launch that system in early 2027, and it could be a decent revenue driver, further inching the company toward becoming a self-sustaining business.
$31.16-$1.12 (-3.47%)
NYSE · As of 4:00 PM ET 10/22/26
By 2035, McKinsey & Company estimates that the quantum computing industry could grow to be worth up to $72 billion annually.
Let's assume the market reaches that lofty projection in 2035 and make the further assumption that IonQ captures 100% of it. If it grows to deliver an impressive 50% profit margin (in line with the margins being delivered by Nvidia, the current king of computing units), that would result in $36 billion in annual profits. If we apply an earnings multiple of 30 to that figure, we get a $1.08 trillion company.
Currently, IonQ has a market cap of about $11.7 billion. So if all the assumptions in that ambitious projection come true, that would mean just over a 90x return.
So even under that highly optimistic bull case, I don't think IonQ has what it takes to deliver a 100x return within a decade. However, I still think it could generate market-beating returns if its quantum computing technology pans out, and over the long term, that could help you build a million-dollar portfolio.
HOUSTON, Oct. 22, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Archrock, Inc. (NYSE: AROC) (“Archrock” or the “Company”) today announced that its Board of Directors has declared a quarterly dividend of $0.23 per share of common stock, or $0.92 per share on an annualized basis. The third quarter 2026 dividend will be paid on November 10, 2026, to all stockholders of record on November 3, 2026.
The third quarter 2026 dividend is consistent with Archrock’s second quarter 2026 dividend level and represents an increase of approximately 10 percent over the Archrock third quarter 2025 dividend level.
About Archrock
Archrock is an energy infrastructure company with a primary focus on midstream natural gas compression and a commitment to helping its customers produce, compress and transport natural gas in a safe and environmentally responsible way. Headquartered in Houston, Texas, Archrock is a premier provider of natural gas compression services to customers in the energy industry throughout the U.S. and a leading supplier of aftermarket services to customers that own compression equipment. For more information on how the Company embodies its purpose, WE POWER A CLEANER AMERICA™, visit www.archrock.com.
Forward-Looking Statements
This press release contains forward-looking statements, which include statements about Archrock’s future financial performance and dividends. These statements are not guarantees of future performance or actions. Forward-looking statements rely on a number of assumptions concerning future events and are subject to risks and uncertainties. If one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by a forward-looking statement. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made. Archrock expressly disclaims any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. A further list and description of risks, uncertainties and other matters can be found in Archrock’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 and as set forth from time to time in Archrock’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These filings are available online at www.sec.gov and www.archrock.com.
Columbia Banking System zvýšila ve třetím čtvrtletí 2026 čistý zisk na 220 milionů USD a zisk na akcii na 0,78 USD. Představenstvo schválilo nový program zpětného odkupu akcií až za 1,2 miliardy USD.
"Our third quarter performance demonstrates the benefits of consistent execution and active balance sheet management," said Clint Stein, Chairman, CEO & President. "By remaining focused on relationship-driven growth, prudent loan and deposit pricing, and operational discipline, we continued to improve our profitability while maintaining strong credit quality and returning excess capital. Over the past year, we returned over $1 billion to our shareholders through dividends and share repurchases, completing our existing buyback authorization in the process. Our Board of Directors has authorized a new $1.2 billion share repurchase program, reflecting confidence in our long-term strategy and our outlook for continued excess capital generation. We remain focused on growing our franchise in ways that strengthen customer relationships, enhance the quality of our balance sheet, and support attractive long-term returns for our shareholders."
Clint Stein, Chairman, CEO & President of Columbia Banking System, Inc.
3Q26 HIGHLIGHTS (COMPARED TO 2Q26)
Net Interest
Income and
NIM
Net interest income increased by $26 million
from the prior quarter, due to higher income on
loans and investment securities and lower
funding costs.
Net interest margin was 4.11%, up 18 basis
points from the prior quarter, due to higher
yields on loans and investment securities and a
favorable funding mix shift, as growth in
customer deposits was used to pay down
wholesale funding sources.
Non-Interest
Income and
Expense
Non-interest income decreased by $8 million.
Excluding the impact of fair value and hedges,1
non-interest income decreased by $4 million,
due primarily to $3 million of death benefit
proceeds recorded during the second quarter
related to a single policy that did not recur in the
third quarter.
Non-interest expense decreased by $5 million,
due to lower merger expense.
Credit
Quality
Net charge-offs were 0.24% of average loans
and leases (annualized), compared to 0.25% for
the prior quarter.
Provision expense was $33 million, compared to
$27 million for the prior quarter.
Non-performing assets to total assets ratio was
0.39%, compared to 0.42% as of June 30, 2026.
Capital
Estimated total risk-based capital ratio of 13.8%
and estimated common equity tier 1 risk-based
capital ratio of 11.5%.
Declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.37 per
common share on August 14, 2026, which was
paid September 14, 2026.
Repurchased $199 million of common stock,
completing our previously announced
repurchase plan.
Notable
Items
Our second customer deposit campaign of
2026, which began in June and ended in mid-
August, brought over $700 million in new
deposits to the bank.
Our Board of Directors authorized the
repurchase of up to $1.2 billion of common
stock under a new repurchase plan, which has
no expiration date.
3Q26 KEY FINANCIAL DATA
PERFORMANCE METRICS
3Q26
2Q26
3Q25
Return on average assets
1.34 %
1.27 %
0.67 %
Return on average common equity
11.78 %
10.99 %
6.19 %
Return on average tangible common equity1
16.43 %
15.29 %
8.58 %
Operating return on average assets1
1.40 %
1.33 %
1.42 %
Operating return on average common equity1
12.27 %
11.46 %
13.15 %
Operating return on average tangible common equity1
17.11 %
15.95 %
18.24 %
Net interest margin
4.11 %
3.93 %
3.84 %
Efficiency ratio
53.08 %
55.15 %
67.29 %
Operating efficiency ratio, as adjusted 1
51.34 %
52.92 %
52.32 %
INCOME STATEMENT
($ in millions, excl. per share data)
3Q26
2Q26
3Q25
Net interest income
$615
$589
$505
Provision for credit losses
$33
$27
$70
Non-interest income
$80
$88
$77
Non-interest expense
$370
$375
$393
Pre-provision net revenue1
$325
$302
$189
Operating pre-provision net revenue1
$337
$314
$270
Earnings per common share - diluted
$0.78
$0.73
$0.40
Operating earnings per common share - diluted1
$0.82
$0.76
$0.85
Dividends paid per share
$0.37
$0.37
$0.36
BALANCE SHEET
($ in millions, excl. per share data)
3Q26
2Q26
3Q25
Total assets
$65,135
$65,380
$67,496
Loans and leases
$46,915
$47,166
$48,462
Deposits
$52,740
$52,056
$55,771
Book value per common share
$25.62
$26.70
$26.04
Tangible book value per common share1
$18.10
$19.22
$18.57
Organizational Update
During the third quarter, Columbia Banking System, Inc. ("Columbia," the "Company," "we," or "our") opened two depository locations in Utah: a branch in Draper and a financial hub in Pleasant Grove. These openings support our continued organic expansion in key markets, while the closure of four branches reflects our ongoing efforts to optimize our physical presence.
Capital Update and Share Repurchase Authorization Announcement
In September 2026, Columbia Bank, the wholly-owned subsidiary of Columbia, issued $250 million in aggregate principal amount of subordinated notes due in 2036. The notes bear interest at a fixed annual rate of 6.721% for the first five years, after which they will reset to the Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate plus 195 basis points. The Company intends to use a portion of the proceeds to redeem approximately $240 million in aggregate principal amount of the Company's junior subordinated debentures associated with certain trust preferred securities structures, with redemptions expected to occur during the fourth quarter of 2026 and early 2027.
During the third quarter, Columbia completed its previously announced share repurchase plan, buying back 23.3 million common shares at an average price of $29.88 between November 2025 and September 30, 2026, representing 7.8% of outstanding common shares as of September 30, 2025. As such, Columbia's Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of up to $1.2 billion of common stock under a new repurchase plan. COLB common share repurchases may be executed in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions, including under Rule 10b5-1 plans. The timing and exact amount of common share repurchases will be at the discretion of senior management and subject to various factors, including, without limitation, Columbia's capital position, financial performance, market conditions, and regulatory considerations. The repurchase program does not obligate Columbia to purchase any particular number of shares. The authorization has no expiration date, but may be suspended, terminated, or modified by the Board at any time.
Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin
Net interest income was $615 million for the third quarter of 2026, up $26 million from the second quarter of 2026, due to higher income on loans and investment securities and lower funding costs. Net interest income also benefited from $5 million of interest income related to the accelerated repayment of two acquired loans. In comparison, second quarter results included $4 million of interest income reversals that did not recur in the current quarter.
Columbia's net interest margin was 4.11% for the third quarter of 2026, up 18 basis points from the second quarter of 2026. The increase between periods reflects higher yields on loans and leases, driven by a continued shift in the portfolio mix toward higher-yielding relationship loans and repricing trends within the portfolio. Favorable funding mix trends also contributed to the increase, as customer deposits replaced higher-cost wholesale funding sources. Higher yields on taxable securities further benefited net interest margin, as the adverse impact of changes in prepayment speed expectations experienced during the second quarter did not recur in the third quarter. Third quarter net interest margin benefited by 3 basis points from the accelerated loan repayments discussed above. In comparison, interest income reversals reduced second quarter net interest margin by 3 basis points.
The cost of interest-bearing deposits decreased 1 basis point from the prior quarter to 1.95% for the third quarter of 2026, compared to 1.96% for the second quarter of 2026. The decrease during the third quarter reflects our active management of deposit rates and a lower mix of higher-cost brokered and wholesale public deposits. The cost of interest-bearing deposits was 1.96% for both the month of September and as of September 30, 2026.
Columbia's cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 1 basis point from the prior quarter to 2.20% for the third quarter of 2026, compared to 2.21% for the second quarter of 2026. The cost of interest-bearing liabilities was 2.21% for the month of September and 2.23% as of September 30, 2026. Refer to the Q3 2026 Earnings Presentation for additional net interest margin change details and interest rate sensitivity information.
Non-interest Income
Non-interest income was $80 million for the third quarter of 2026, down $8 million from the prior quarter. Quarterly changes in fair value adjustments and mortgage servicing rights ("MSR") hedging activity, which reflect interest rate fluctuations during the quarter, collectively resulted in a net fair value loss of $7 million for the third quarter, compared to a net fair value loss of $3 million for the second quarter, as detailed in our non-GAAP disclosures. Excluding these items, non-interest income was $87 million[2] for the third quarter of 2026, down $4 million from the prior quarter, due primarily to $3 million of death benefit proceeds recorded in other income during the second quarter related to a single policy that did not recur in the third quarter.
Non-interest Expense
Non-interest expense was $370 million for the third quarter of 2026, down $5 million from the prior quarter, due to lower merger expense. Excluding merger and restructuring expense and exit and disposal costs, as detailed in our non-GAAP disclosures, non-interest expense was $365 million2, down $1 million from the prior quarter, due primarily to lower benefits expense, partially offset by an increase in other miscellaneous expenses. Refer to the Q3 2026 Earnings Presentation for additional expense details.
Balance Sheet
Total consolidated assets were $65.1 billion as of September 30, 2026, compared to $65.4 billion as of June 30, 2026. The decrease reflects balance sheet optimization activity. Cash and cash equivalents were $1.7 billion as of September 30, 2026, compared to $1.8 billion as of June 30, 2026. Including secured off-balance sheet lines of credit, total available liquidity was $26.0 billion as of September 30, 2026, representing 40% of total assets, 49% of total deposits, and 121% of uninsured deposits. Available-for-sale securities, which are held on balance sheet at fair value, were $10.9 billion as of September 30, 2026, compared to $11.1 billion as of June 30, 2026. The decrease reflects a decline in the fair value of the portfolio and paydowns, which were not fully offset by the purchase of $639 million of investment securities. Refer to the Q3 2026 Earnings Presentation for additional details related to our investment securities portfolio and liquidity position.
Gross loans and leases were $46.9 billion as of September 30, 2026, compared to $47.2 billion as of June 30, 2026. The decrease reflects continued expected runoff in below-market-rate transactional loans and lower commercial real estate balances, as elevated payoffs and competitive pricing pressures muted growth. Construction & development balances expanded during the quarter, and commercial loans, inclusive of owner-occupied commercial real estate, increased by 3% on an annualized basis relative to June 30, 2026, partially offsetting contraction in other portfolios. "Our bankers continued to deepen customer relationships and generate new business opportunities during the third quarter," commented Chris Merrywell, President of Columbia Bank. "Commercial loan growth remained healthy, supported by strong customer engagement across our markets. While transactional loan payoffs moderated overall growth, we continued to grow in the ways we intend, increasing the proportion of relationship-based commercial loans within our portfolio." Refer to the Q3 2026 Earnings Presentation for additional details related to our loan portfolio, which include underwriting characteristics, the composition of our commercial portfolios, and disclosure related to transactional loans.
Total deposits were $52.7 billion as of September 30, 2026, compared to $52.1 billion as of June 30, 2026. The increase reflects strong customer balance growth, partially offset by intentional reductions in brokered deposits and wholesale public deposits, which declined to $622 million and $773 million, respectively, as of September 30, 2026, compared to $978 million and $928 million, respectively, as of June 30, 2026. "Deposit growth during the third quarter benefited from seasonal customer balance growth and new customer acquisition," stated Mr. Merrywell. "Our teams remain focused on understanding our customers' needs and delivering tailored solutions that create value beyond pricing, reinforcing the customer relationships that differentiate our franchise in an evolving interest rate environment." Customer deposit growth and other sources of cash enabled us to reduce borrowings to $3.3 billion as of September 30, 2026, compared to $4.3 billion as of June 30, 2026. Refer to the Q3 2026 Earnings Presentation for additional details related to deposit characteristics and flows.
Credit Quality
The allowance for credit losses ("ACL") was $480 million, or 1.02% of loans and leases, as of September 30, 2026, compared to $475 million, or 1.01% of loans and leases, as of June 30, 2026. The provision for credit losses was $33 million for the third quarter of 2026 and reflects loan portfolio runoff, credit migration trends, charge-off activity, and changes in the economic forecasts used in credit models.
Net charge-offs were 0.24% of average loans and leases (annualized) for the third quarter of 2026, compared to 0.25% for the second quarter of 2026. Net charge-offs in the FinPac portfolio were $11 million for the third quarter, compared to $15 million for the second quarter. Net charge-offs excluding the FinPac portfolio were $17 million for the third quarter, compared to $15 million for the second quarter. Non-performing assets were $255 million, or 0.39% of total assets, as of September 30, 2026, compared to $273 million, or 0.42% of total assets, as of June 30, 2026. Refer to the Q3 2026 Earnings Presentation for additional details related to the allowance for credit losses and other credit trends.
Capital
Columbia's book value per common share was $25.62 as of September 30, 2026, compared to $26.70 as of June 30, 2026. During the third quarter, Columbia repurchased 6.5 million common shares under its prior repurchase plan at an average price of $30.65, representing 2.3% of outstanding common shares. Book value also was impacted by the change in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income ("AOCI") to $(708) million as of September 30, 2026, compared to $(310) million as of the prior quarter-end. The change in AOCI is due primarily to an increase in the tax-effected net unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities to $663 million as of September 30, 2026, compared to $275 million as of June 30, 2026. Tangible book value per common share[3] was $18.10 as of September 30, 2026, compared to $19.22 as of June 30, 2026.
Columbia's estimated total risk-based capital ratio was 13.8% and its estimated common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 11.5% as of September 30, 2026, compared to 13.5% and 11.7%, respectively, as of June 30, 2026. Columbia remains above current "well-capitalized" regulatory minimums. The regulatory capital ratios as of September 30, 2026 are estimates, pending completion and filing of Columbia's regulatory reports.
Earnings Presentation and Conference Call Information
Columbia's Q3 2026 Earnings Presentation provides additional disclosure. A copy will be available on our investor relations page: www.columbiabankingsystem.com.
Columbia will host its third quarter 2026 earnings conference call on October 22, 2026 at 2:00 p.m. PT (5:00 p.m. ET). During the call, Columbia's management will provide an update on recent activities and discuss its third quarter 2026 financial results. Participants may join the audiocast or register for the call using the link below to receive dial-in details and their own unique PINs. It is recommended you join 10 minutes prior to the start time.
Join the audiocast: https://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/ock9xnut/
Register for the call: https://register-conf.media-server.com/register/BI681367d8eaa3452084f342f40e7ffe6c
Access the replay through Columbia's investor relations page: https://www.columbiabankingsystem.com/news-market-data/event-calendar/default.aspx
About Columbia Banking System, Inc.
Columbia Banking System, Inc. (Nasdaq: COLB) is headquartered in Tacoma, Washington and is the parent company of Columbia Bank, an award-winning preeminent regional bank with offices in Arizona, California, Colorado, Idaho, Nevada, Oregon, Texas, Utah, and Washington. Columbia Bank combines the resources, sophistication, and expertise of a national bank with a commitment to deliver superior, personalized service. The bank supports consumers and businesses through a full suite of services, including retail and commercial banking, Small Business Administration lending, institutional and corporate banking, and equipment leasing. Columbia Bank customers also have access to comprehensive investment and wealth management expertise as well as healthcare and private banking through Columbia Wealth Management. Learn more at www.columbiabankingsystem.com.
Forward-Looking Statements
This press release includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of the "Safe-Harbor" provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, which management believes are a benefit to shareholders. These statements are necessarily subject to risk and uncertainty and actual results could differ materially due to various risk factors, including those set forth from time to time in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements and we undertake no obligation to update any such statements. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as "anticipates," "intends," "plans," "seeks," "believes," "estimates," "expects," "target," "projects," "outlook," "forecast," "will," "may," "could," "should," "can" and similar references to future periods. In this press release we make forward-looking statements about strategic and growth initiatives and the result of such activity. Risks and uncertainties that could cause results to differ from forward-looking statements we make include, without limitation: current and future economic and market conditions, including the effects of declines in housing and commercial real estate prices, high unemployment rates, renewed or continued high inflation and any recession or slowdown in economic growth particularly in the western United States; economic forecast variables that are either materially worse or better than end of quarter projections and deterioration in the economy that could result in increased loan and lease losses, especially those risks associated with concentrations in real estate related loans; risks related to our acquisition of Pacific Premier (the "Transaction"), including, among others, (i) any revenue synergies from the Transaction may not be fully realized or may take longer than anticipated to be realized, and (ii) deposit attrition as a result of the Transaction; the impact of proposed or imposed tariffs by the U.S. government and retaliatory tariffs proposed or imposed by U.S. trading partners that could have an adverse impact on customers; our ability to effectively manage problem credits; the impact of bank failures or adverse developments at other banks on general investor sentiment regarding the liquidity and stability of banks; changes in interest rates that could significantly reduce net interest income and negatively affect asset yields and valuations and funding sources; changes in the scope and cost of FDIC insurance and other coverage; our ability to successfully implement efficiency and operational excellence initiatives; our ability to successfully develop and market new products and technology; changes in laws or regulations; potential adverse reactions or changes to business or employee relationships; the effect of geopolitical instability, including wars, conflicts and terrorist attacks; and natural disasters and other similar unexpected events outside of our control. We also caution that the amount and timing of any future common stock dividends or repurchases will depend on the earnings, cash requirements and financial condition of Columbia, market conditions, capital requirements, applicable law and regulations (including federal securities laws and federal banking and state regulations), and other factors deemed relevant by Columbia and its Board of Directors.
1
"Non-GAAP" financial measure. See GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation for additional information.
2
"Non-GAAP" financial measure. See GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation for additional information.
3
"Non-GAAP" financial measure. See GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation for additional information.
TABLE INDEX
Page
Consolidated Statements of Income
8
Consolidated Balance Sheets
9
Financial Highlights
11
Loan & Lease Portfolio Balances and Mix
12
Deposit Portfolio Balances and Mix
14
Credit Quality - Non-performing Assets
15
Credit Quality - Allowance for Credit Losses
16
Consolidated Average Balance Sheets, Net Interest Income, and Yields/Rates
18
Residential Mortgage Banking Activity
20
GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation
22
Columbia Banking System, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Income
(Unaudited)
Quarter Ended
% Change
($ in millions, shares in thousands)
Sep 30,
2026
Jun 30,
2026
Mar 31,
2026
Dec 31,
2025
Sep 30,
2025
Seq.
Quarter
Year
over
Year
Interest income:
Loans and leases
$ 699
$ 683
$ 684
$ 722
$ 619
2 %
13 %
Interest and dividends on investments:
Taxable
105
98
103
102
89
7 %
18 %
Exempt from federal income tax
11
12
12
12
8
(8) %
38 %
Dividends
4
4
3
3
4
— %
— %
Temporary investments and interest bearing deposits
13
13
14
19
20
— %
(35) %
Total interest income
832
810
816
858
740
3 %
12 %
Interest expense:
Deposits
171
173
184
195
195
(1) %
(12) %
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase and
federal funds purchased
—
1
1
1
1
(100) %
(100) %
Borrowings
38
39
30
27
30
(3) %
27 %
Subordinated and junior subordinated debentures
8
8
7
8
9
— %
(11) %
Total interest expense
217
221
222
231
235
(2) %
(8) %
Net interest income
615
589
594
627
505
4 %
22 %
Provision for credit losses
33
27
28
23
70
22 %
(53) %
Non-interest income:
Service charges on deposits
24
23
20
24
21
4 %
14 %
Card-based fees
17
17
15
16
15
— %
13 %
Financial services and trust revenue
15
15
15
15
9
— %
67 %
Residential mortgage banking revenue, net
9
7
12
7
7
29 %
29 %
(Loss) gain on investment securities, net
(8)
(1)
—
2
2
nm
(500) %
Gain on loan and lease sales, net
—
—
1
1
—
nm
nm
(Loss) gain on loans held for investment, at fair value
(3)
(1)
(2)
—
4
200 %
(175) %
BOLI income
9
9
9
9
6
— %
50 %
Other income
17
19
13
16
13
(11) %
31 %
Total non-interest income
80
88
83
90
77
(9) %
4 %
Non-interest expense:
Salaries and employee benefits
191
196
196
201
171
(3) %
12 %
Occupancy and equipment, net
63
65
66
67
54
(3) %
17 %
FDIC assessments
9
9
9
4
8
— %
13 %
Intangible amortization
38
38
41
42
31
— %
23 %
Merger and restructuring expense
2
9
24
39
87
(78) %
(98) %
Other expenses
67
58
58
59
42
16 %
60 %
Total non-interest expense
370
375
394
412
393
(1) %
(6) %
Income before provision for income taxes
292
275
255
282
119
6 %
145 %
Provision for income taxes
72
67
63
67
23
7 %
213 %
Net income
$ 220
$ 208
$ 192
$ 215
$ 96
6 %
129 %
Weighted average basic shares outstanding (in thousands)
279,221
285,558
290,933
295,376
237,838
(2) %
17 %
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding (in thousands)
280,338
286,472
292,160
296,760
238,925
(2) %
17 %
Earnings per common share – basic
$ 0.78
$ 0.73
$ 0.66
$ 0.72
$ 0.40
7 %
95 %
Earnings per common share – diluted
$ 0.78
$ 0.73
$ 0.66
$ 0.72
$ 0.40
7 %
95 %
nm = Percentage changes greater than +/-500% are considered not meaningful and are presented as "nm."
Columbia Banking System, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Income
(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended
% Change
($ in millions, shares in thousands)
Sep 30, 2026
Sep 30, 2025
Year over
Year
Interest income:
Loans and leases
$ 2,066
$ 1,736
19 %
Interest and dividends on investments:
Taxable
306
238
29 %
Exempt from federal income tax
35
22
59 %
Dividends
11
10
10 %
Temporary investments and interest bearing deposits
40
52
(23) %
Total interest income
2,458
2,058
19 %
Interest expense:
Deposits
528
552
(4) %
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase and federal funds purchased
2
3
(33) %
Borrowings
107
101
6 %
Subordinated and junior subordinated debentures
23
26
(12) %
Total interest expense
660
682
(3) %
Net interest income
1,798
1,376
31 %
Provision for credit losses
88
127
(31) %
Non-interest income:
Service charges on deposits
67
60
12 %
Card-based fees
49
42
17 %
Financial services and trust revenue
45
20
125 %
Residential mortgage banking revenue, net
28
24
17 %
(Loss) gain on investment securities, net
(9)
4
(325) %
Gain on loan and lease sales, net
1
—
nm
(Loss) gain on loans held for investment, at fair value
(6)
11
(155) %
BOLI income
27
16
69 %
Other income
49
31
58 %
Total non-interest income
251
208
21 %
Non-interest expense:
Salaries and employee benefits
583
471
24 %
Occupancy and equipment, net
194
149
30 %
FDIC assessments
27
24
13 %
Intangible amortization
117
85
38 %
Merger and restructuring expense
35
109
(68) %
Legal settlement
—
55
(100) %
Other expenses
183
118
55 %
Total non-interest expense
1,139
1,011
13 %
Income before provision for income taxes
822
446
84 %
Provision for income taxes
202
111
82 %
Net income
$ 620
$ 335
85 %
Weighted average basic shares outstanding (in thousands)
285,128
218,694
30 %
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding (in thousands)
286,246
219,712
30 %
Earnings per common share – basic
$ 2.17
$ 1.53
42 %
Earnings per common share – diluted
$ 2.16
$ 1.53
41 %
nm = Percentage changes greater than +/-500% are considered not meaningful and are presented as "nm."
Columbia Banking System, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Unaudited)
% Change
($ in millions, shares in thousands)
Sep 30,
2026
Jun 30,
2026
Mar 31,
2026
Dec 31,
2025
Sep 30,
2025
Seq.
Quarter
Year
over
Year
Assets:
Cash and due from banks
$ 572
$ 648
$ 577
$ 511
$ 535
(12) %
7 %
Interest-bearing cash and temporary investments
1,165
1,121
1,522
1,869
1,808
4 %
(36) %
Investment securities:
Equity and other, at fair value
128
126
124
113
112
2 %
14 %
Available for sale, at fair value
10,935
11,131
10,915
11,112
11,013
(2) %
(1) %
Held to maturity, at amortized cost
17
17
18
18
18
— %
(6) %
Loans held for sale
45
61
81
262
340
(26) %
(87) %
Loans and leases
46,915
47,166
47,697
47,776
48,462
(1) %
(3) %
Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases
(462)
(458)
(459)
(466)
(473)
1 %
(2) %
Net loans and leases
46,453
46,708
47,238
47,310
47,989
(1) %
(3) %
Restricted equity securities
164
207
168
159
119
(21) %
38 %
Premises and equipment, net
421
424
426
422
416
(1) %
1 %
Goodwill
1,482
1,482
1,482
1,482
1,481
— %
— %
Other intangible assets, net
595
633
671
712
754
(6) %
(21) %
Bank-owned life insurance
1,234
1,227
1,222
1,218
1,199
1 %
3 %
Other assets
1,924
1,595
1,583
1,644
1,712
21 %
12 %
Total assets
$ 65,135
$ 65,380
$ 66,027
$ 66,832
$ 67,496
— %
(3) %
Liabilities:
Deposits
Non-interest-bearing
$ 17,507
$ 17,218
$ 17,635
$ 17,419
$ 17,810
2 %
(2) %
Interest-bearing
35,233
34,838
35,854
36,792
37,961
1 %
(7) %
Total deposits
52,740
52,056
53,489
54,211
55,771
1 %
(5) %
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
165
189
162
207
167
(13) %
(1) %
Borrowings
3,300
4,250
3,400
3,200
2,300
(22) %
43 %
Junior subordinated debentures, at fair value
353
339
333
338
331
4 %
7 %
Subordinated and junior subordinated debentures, at amortized cost
343
97
97
97
107
254 %
221 %
Other liabilities
1,155
897
882
939
1,030
29 %
12 %
Total liabilities
58,056
57,828
58,363
58,992
59,706
— %
(3) %
Shareholders' equity:
Common stock
7,511
7,702
7,896
8,099
8,189
(2) %
(8) %
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
276
160
59
(26)
(131)
73 %
nm
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(708)
(310)
(291)
(233)
(268)
128 %
164 %
Total shareholders' equity
7,079
7,552
7,664
7,840
7,790
(6) %
(9) %
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$ 65,135
$ 65,380
$ 66,027
$ 66,832
$ 67,496
— %
(3) %
Common shares outstanding at period end (in thousands)
276,330
282,817
289,530
295,422
299,147
(2) %
(8) %
nm = Percentage changes greater than +/-500% are considered not meaningful and are presented as "nm."
Columbia Banking System, Inc.
Financial Highlights
(Unaudited)
Quarter Ended
% Change
Sep 30,
2026
Jun 30,
2026
Mar 31,
2026
Dec 31,
2025
Sep 30,
2025
Seq.
Quarter
Year
over
Year
Per Common Share Data:
Dividends
$ 0.37
$ 0.37
$ 0.37
$ 0.37
$ 0.36
— %
3 %
Book value
$ 25.62
$ 26.70
$ 26.47
$ 26.54
$ 26.04
(4) %
(2) %
Tangible book value (1)
$ 18.10
$ 19.22
$ 19.03
$ 19.11
$ 18.57
(6) %
(3) %
Performance Ratios:
Efficiency ratio (2)
53.08 %
55.15 %
58.03 %
57.30 %
67.29 %
(2.07)
(14.21)
Non-interest expense to average assets (1)
2.25 %
2.29 %
2.41 %
2.44 %
2.74 %
(0.04)
(0.49)
Return on average assets ("ROAA")
1.34 %
1.27 %
1.18 %
1.27 %
0.67 %
0.07
0.67
Pre-provision net revenue ("PPNR") ROAA (1)
1.98 %
1.85 %
1.73 %
1.80 %
1.32 %
0.13
0.66
Return on average common equity
11.78 %
10.99 %
10.00 %
10.92 %
6.19 %
0.79
5.59
Return on average tangible common equity (1)
16.43 %
15.29 %
13.88 %
15.24 %
8.58 %
1.14
7.85
Performance Ratios - Operating: (1)
Operating efficiency ratio, as adjusted (1), (2)
51.34 %
52.92 %
53.68 %
51.39 %
52.32 %
(1.58)
(0.98)
Operating non-interest expense to average assets (1)
2.22 %
2.24 %
2.26 %
2.20 %
2.14 %
(0.02)
0.08
Operating ROAA (1)
1.40 %
1.33 %
1.28 %
1.44 %
1.42 %
0.07
(0.02)
Operating PPNR ROAA (1)
2.05 %
1.92 %
1.87 %
2.02 %
1.89 %
0.13
0.16
Operating return on average common equity (1)
12.27 %
11.46 %
10.89 %
12.34 %
13.15 %
0.81
(0.88)
Operating return on average tangible common equity (1)
17.11 %
15.95 %
15.11 %
17.22 %
18.24 %
1.16
(1.13)
Average Balance Sheet Yields, Rates, & Ratios:
Yield on loans and leases
5.90 %
5.77 %
5.78 %
5.92 %
5.96 %
0.13
(0.06)
Yield on earning assets (2)
5.55 %
5.40 %
5.44 %
5.55 %
5.62 %
0.15
(0.07)
Cost of interest bearing deposits
1.95 %
1.96 %
2.04 %
2.08 %
2.43 %
(0.01)
(0.48)
Cost of interest bearing liabilities
2.20 %
2.21 %
2.24 %
2.27 %
2.65 %
(0.01)
(0.45)
Cost of total deposits
1.29 %
1.32 %
1.39 %
1.40 %
1.66 %
(0.03)
(0.37)
Cost of total funding (3)
1.51 %
1.55 %
1.56 %
1.57 %
1.87 %
(0.04)
(0.36)
Net interest margin (2)
4.11 %
3.93 %
3.96 %
4.06 %
3.84 %
0.18
0.27
Average interest bearing cash / Average interest earning assets
2.23 %
2.33 %
2.59 %
3.12 %
3.41 %
(0.10)
(1.18)
Average loans and leases / Average interest earning assets
78.54 %
78.67 %
78.44 %
78.12 %
78.39 %
(0.13)
0.15
Average loans and leases / Average total deposits
89.38 %
90.19 %
88.58 %
87.34 %
88.39 %
(0.81)
0.99
Average non-interest bearing deposits / Average total deposits
33.47 %
32.90 %
32.26 %
32.45 %
31.41 %
0.57
2.06
Average total deposits / Average total funding (3)
92.42 %
91.88 %
93.58 %
94.52 %
93.47 %
0.54
(1.05)
Select Credit & Capital Ratios:
Non-performing loans and leases to total loans and leases
0.53 %
0.57 %
0.55 %
0.41 %
0.40 %
(0.04)
0.13
Non-performing assets to total assets
0.39 %
0.42 %
0.40 %
0.30 %
0.29 %
(0.03)
0.10
Allowance for credit losses to loans and leases
1.02 %
1.01 %
1.00 %
1.02 %
1.01 %
0.01
0.01
Total risk-based capital ratio (4)
13.8 %
13.5 %
13.5 %
13.6 %
13.4 %
0.30
0.40
Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (4)
11.5 %
11.7 %
11.7 %
11.8 %
11.6 %
(0.20)
(0.10)
(1)
See GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation.
(2)
Tax-exempt interest was adjusted to a taxable equivalent basis using a 21% tax rate.
(3)
Total funding = total deposits + total borrowings.
(4)
Estimated holding company ratios.
Columbia Banking System, Inc.
Financial Highlights
(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended
% Change
Sep 30, 2026
Sep 30, 2025
Year over Year
Per Common Share Data:
Dividends
$ 1.11
$ 1.08
2.78 %
Performance Ratios:
Efficiency ratio (2)
55.40 %
63.66 %
(8.26)
Non-interest expense to average assets (1)
2.32 %
2.54 %
(0.22)
Return on average assets
1.26 %
0.84 %
0.42
PPNR ROAA (1)
1.85 %
1.44 %
0.41
Return on average common equity
10.92 %
8.06 %
2.86
Return on average tangible common equity (1)
15.19 %
11.22 %
3.97
Performance Ratios - Operating: (1)
Operating efficiency ratio, as adjusted (1), (2)
52.63 %
53.07 %
(0.44)
Operating non-interest expense to average assets (1)
2.24 %
2.12 %
0.12
Operating ROAA (1)
1.33 %
1.26 %
0.07
Operating PPNR ROAA (1)
1.95 %
1.81 %
0.14
Operating return on average common equity (1)
11.53 %
12.10 %
(0.57)
Operating return on average tangible common equity (1)
16.04 %
16.85 %
(0.81)
Average Balance Sheet Yields, Rates, & Ratios:
Yield on loans and leases
5.82 %
5.96 %
(0.14)
Yield on earning assets (2)
5.46 %
5.58 %
(0.12)
Cost of interest bearing deposits
1.99 %
2.49 %
(0.50)
Cost of interest bearing liabilities
2.22 %
2.74 %
(0.52)
Cost of total deposits
1.33 %
1.70 %
(0.37)
Cost of total funding (3)
1.54 %
1.94 %
(0.40)
Net interest margin (2)
4.00 %
3.73 %
0.27
Average interest bearing cash / Average interest earning assets
2.38 %
3.18 %
(0.80)
Average loans and leases / Average interest earning assets
78.55 %
78.64 %
(0.09)
Average loans and leases / Average total deposits
89.37 %
89.55 %
(0.18)
Average non-interest bearing deposits / Average total deposits
32.88 %
31.51 %
1.37
Average total deposits / Average total funding (3)
92.63 %
92.46 %
0.17
(1)
See GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation.
(2)
Tax-exempt interest was adjusted to a taxable equivalent basis using a 21% tax rate.
(3)
Total funding = Total deposits + Total borrowings.
Columbia Banking System, Inc.
Loan & Lease Portfolio Balances and Mix
(Unaudited)
Sep 30, 2026
Jun 30, 2026
Mar 31, 2026
Dec 31, 2025
Sep 30, 2025
% Change
($ in millions)
Amount
Amount
Amount
Amount
Amount
Seq.
Quarter
Year
over
Year
Loans and leases:
Commercial real estate: (1)
Non-owner occupied term
$ 7,338
$ 7,584
$ 8,113
$ 8,206
$ 8,444
(3) %
(13) %
Owner occupied term
7,219
7,405
7,258
7,314
7,361
(3) %
(2) %
Multifamily
9,937
10,122
10,173
10,281
10,377
(2) %
(4) %
Construction & development
1,642
1,529
1,670
1,707
2,071
7 %
(21) %
Residential development
361
369
373
362
367
(2) %
(2) %
Commercial:
Term
7,097
7,004
6,887
6,713
6,590
1 %
8 %
Lines of credit & other
4,055
3,794
3,804
3,643
3,582
7 %
13 %
Leases & equipment finance
1,618
1,617
1,619
1,599
1,614
— %
— %
Residential:
Mortgage
5,313
5,402
5,483
5,624
5,722
(2) %
(7) %
Home equity loans & lines
2,179
2,176
2,147
2,149
2,153
— %
1 %
Consumer & other
156
164
170
178
181
(5) %
(14) %
Total loans and leases, net of deferred fees and costs
$ 46,915
$ 47,166
$ 47,697
$ 47,776
$ 48,462
(1) %
(3) %
Loans and leases mix:
Commercial real estate: (1)
Non-owner occupied term
16 %
16 %
17 %
17 %
18 %
Owner occupied term
16 %
16 %
15 %
15 %
15 %
Multifamily
21 %
22 %
21 %
22 %
21 %
Construction & development
3 %
3 %
4 %
4 %
4 %
Residential development
1 %
1 %
1 %
1 %
1 %
Commercial:
Term
15 %
15 %
15 %
14 %
14 %
Lines of credit & other
9 %
8 %
8 %
8 %
7 %
Leases & equipment finance
3 %
3 %
3 %
3 %
3 %
Residential:
Mortgage
11 %
11 %
11 %
12 %
12 %
Home equity loans & lines
5 %
5 %
5 %
4 %
4 %
Consumer & other
— %
— %
— %
— %
1 %
Total
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
(1)
During the three months ended June 30, 2026, the Company aligned the presentation of certain loans with its established loan classification methodology. This resulted in approximately $174 million of loans being reported within different commercial real estate loan categories, primarily multifamily loans, with a corresponding decrease in non-owner occupied term loans.
Columbia Banking System, Inc.
Deposit Portfolio Balances and Mix
(Unaudited)
Sep 30, 2026
Jun 30, 2026
Mar 31, 2026
Dec 31, 2025
Sep 30, 2025
% Change
($ in millions)
Amount
Amount
Amount
Amount
Amount
Seq.
Quarter
Year
over
Year
Deposits:
Demand, non-interest bearing
$ 17,507
$ 17,218
$ 17,635
$ 17,419
$ 17,810
2 %
(2) %
Demand, interest bearing
11,616
11,093
10,860
10,763
11,675
5 %
(1) %
Money market
16,935
16,415
16,843
17,013
16,816
3 %
1 %
Savings
2,375
2,392
2,437
2,442
2,504
(1) %
(5) %
Time
4,307
4,938
5,714
6,574
6,966
(13) %
(38) %
Total
$ 52,740
$ 52,056
$ 53,489
$ 54,211
$ 55,771
1 %
(5) %
Total core deposits (1)
$ 50,644
$ 49,488
$ 50,245
$ 50,174
$ 51,535
2 %
(2) %
Deposit mix:
Demand, non-interest bearing
33 %
33 %
33 %
32 %
32 %
Demand, interest bearing
22 %
21 %
20 %
20 %
21 %
Money market
32 %
32 %
31 %
31 %
30 %
Savings
5 %
5 %
5 %
5 %
5 %
Time
8 %
9 %
11 %
12 %
12 %
Total
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
(1)
Core deposits are defined as total deposits less time deposits greater than $250,000 and all brokered deposits.
Columbia Banking System, Inc.
Credit Quality – Non-performing Assets
(Unaudited)
Quarter Ended
% Change
($ in millions)
Sep 30, 2026
Jun 30, 2026
Mar 31, 2026
Dec 31, 2025
Sep 30, 2025
Seq. Quarter
Year over Year
Non-performing assets: (1)
Loans and leases on non-accrual status:
Commercial real estate
$ 84
$ 96
$ 91
$ 50
$ 53
(13) %
58 %
Commercial
73
84
96
66
67
(13) %
9 %
Total loans and leases on non-accrual status
157
180
187
116
120
(13) %
31 %
Loans and leases past due 90+ days and accruing: (2)
Commercial real estate
1
4
3
2
—
(75) %
nm
Commercial
16
4
2
8
5
300 %
220 %
Residential (2)
76
80
69
72
71
(5) %
7 %
Total loans and leases past due 90+ days and accruing (2)
93
88
74
82
76
6 %
22 %
Total non-performing loans and leases (1), (2)
250
268
261
198
196
(7) %
28 %
Other real estate owned
5
5
3
2
3
0 %
67 %
Total non-performing assets (1), (2)
$ 255
$ 273
$ 264
$ 200
$ 199
(7) %
28 %
Loans and leases past due 31-89 days
$ 95
$ 125
$ 168
$ 94
$ 85
(24) %
12 %
Loans and leases past due 31-89 days to total loans and leases
0.20 %
0.27 %
0.35 %
0.20 %
0.18 %
(0.07)
0.02
Non-performing loans and leases to total loans and leases (1), (2)
0.53 %
0.57 %
0.55 %
0.41 %
0.40 %
(0.04)
0.13
Non-performing assets to total assets (1), (2)
0.39 %
0.42 %
0.40 %
0.30 %
0.29 %
(0.03)
0.10
Non-accrual loans and leases to total loans and leases(2)
0.33 %
0.38 %
0.39 %
0.24 %
0.25 %
(0.05)
0.08
nm
= Percentage changes greater than +/-500% are considered not meaningful and are presented as "nm."
(1)
Non-accrual and 90+ days past due loans include government guarantees of $71 million, $78 million, $88 million, $79 million, and $70 million at September 30, 2026, June 30, 2026, March 31, 2026, December 31, 2025, and September 30, 2025, respectively.
(2)
Excludes certain mortgage loans that carry a government guarantee, which Columbia has the unilateral right to repurchase but has not done so, totaling $4 million, $4 million, $4 million, $3 million, and $2 million at September 30, 2026, June 30, 2026, March 31, 2026, December 31, 2025, and September 30, 2025, respectively.
Columbia Banking System, Inc.
Credit Quality – Allowance for Credit Losses
(Unaudited)
Quarter Ended
% Change
($ in millions)
Sep 30, 2026
Jun 30, 2026
Mar 31, 2026
Dec 31, 2025
Sep 30, 2025
Seq. Quarter
Year over Year
Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases (ACLLL)
Balance, beginning of period
$ 458
$ 459
$ 466
$ 473
$ 421
0 %
9 %
Initial ACL recorded for PCD loans acquired during the period
—
—
—
—
5
nm
(100) %
Provision for credit losses on loans and leases
32
29
28
23
69
10 %
(54) %
Charge-offs
Commercial real estate
—
(1)
—
(8)
(3)
nm
nm
Commercial
(33)
(32)
(39)
(23)
(22)
3 %
50 %
Residential
—
—
—
(1)
—
nm
nm
Consumer & other
(3)
(2)
(1)
(1)
(2)
50 %
50 %
Total charge-offs
(36)
(35)
(40)
(33)
(27)
3 %
33 %
Recoveries
Commercial real estate
1
—
—
—
—
nm
nm
Commercial
7
4
4
3
4
75 %
75 %
Residential
—
—
—
—
—
nm
nm
Consumer & other
—
1
1
—
1
(100) %
(100) %
Total recoveries
8
5
5
3
5
60 %
60 %
Net charge-offs
Commercial real estate
1
(1)
—
(8)
(3)
nm
nm
Commercial
(26)
(28)
(35)
(20)
(18)
(7) %
44 %
Residential
—
—
—
(1)
—
nm
nm
Consumer & other
(3)
(1)
—
(1)
(1)
200 %
200 %
Total net charge-offs
(28)
(30)
(35)
(30)
(22)
(7) %
27 %
Balance, end of period
$ 462
$ 458
$ 459
$ 466
$ 473
1 %
(2) %
Reserve for unfunded commitments
Balance, beginning of period
$ 17
$ 19
$ 19
$ 19
$ 18
(11) %
(6) %
(Recapture) provision for credit losses on unfunded commitments
1
(2)
—
—
1
nm
0 %
Balance, end of period
18
17
19
19
19
6 %
(5) %
Total Allowance for credit losses (ACL)
$ 480
$ 475
$ 478
$ 485
$ 492
1 %
(2) %
Net charge-offs to average loans and leases (annualized)
0.24 %
0.25 %
0.30 %
0.25 %
0.22 %
(0.01)
0.02
Recoveries to gross charge-offs
22.22 %
14.29 %
12.50 %
9.09 %
18.52 %
7.93
3.70
ACLLL to loans and leases
0.98 %
0.97 %
0.96 %
0.98 %
0.98 %
0.01
—
ACL to loans and leases
1.02 %
1.01 %
1.00 %
1.02 %
1.01 %
0.01
0.01
nm
= Percentage changes greater than +/-500% are considered not meaningful and are presented as "nm."
Columbia Banking System, Inc.
Credit Quality – Allowance for Credit Losses
(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended
% Change
($ in millions)
Sep 30, 2026
Sep 30, 2025
Year over Year
Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases (ACLLL)
Balance, beginning of period
$ 466
$ 425
10 %
Initial ACL recorded for PCD loans acquired during the period
—
5
(100) %
Provision for credit losses on loans and leases
89
124
(28) %
Charge-offs
Commercial real estate
(1)
(3)
(67) %
Commercial
(104)
(88)
18 %
Residential
—
(1)
nm
Consumer & other
(6)
(4)
50 %
Total charge-offs
(111)
(96)
16 %
Recoveries
Commercial real estate
1
—
nm
Commercial
15
13
15 %
Residential
—
—
nm
Consumer & other
2
2
0 %
Total recoveries
18
15
20 %
Net charge-offs
Commercial real estate
—
(3)
nm
Commercial
(89)
(75)
19 %
Residential
—
(1)
nm
Consumer & other
(4)
(2)
100 %
Total net charge-offs
(93)
(81)
15 %
Balance, end of period
$ 462
$ 473
(2) %
Reserve for unfunded commitments
Balance, beginning of period
$ 19
$ 16
19 %
(Recapture) provision for credit losses on unfunded commitments
(1)
3
(133) %
Balance, end of period
18
19
(5) %
Total Allowance for credit losses (ACL)
$ 480
$ 492
(2) %
Net charge-offs to average loans and leases (annualized)
0.26 %
0.28 %
(0.02)
Recoveries to gross charge-offs
16.22 %
15.63 %
0.59
nm
= Percentage changes greater than +/-500% are considered not meaningful and are presented as "nm."
Columbia Banking System, Inc.
Consolidated Average Balance Sheets, Net Interest Income, and Yields/Rates
(Unaudited)
Quarter Ended
September 30, 2026
June 30, 2026
September 30, 2025
($ in millions)
Average Balance
Interest Income or Expense
Average Yields or Rates
Average Balance
Interest Income or Expense
Average Yields or Rates
Average Balance
Interest Income or Expense
Average Yields or Rates
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
Loans held for sale
$ 57
$ 1
6.39 %
$ 66
$ —
6.86 %
$ 80
$ 1
7.14 %
Loans and leases (1)
46,951
698
5.90 %
47,419
683
5.77 %
41,164
618
5.96 %
Taxable securities
10,251
109
4.27 %
10,173
102
3.97 %
8,523
93
4.35 %
Non-taxable securities (2)
1,188
13
4.75 %
1,219
15
4.63 %
950
10
4.26 %
Temporary investments and interest-bearing cash
1,333
13
3.74 %
1,402
13
3.71 %
1,793
20
4.40 %
Total interest-earning assets (1), (2)
59,780
$ 834
5.55 %
60,279
$ 813
5.40 %
52,510
$ 742
5.62 %
Goodwill and other intangible assets
2,096
2,136
1,719
Other assets
3,241
3,217
2,594
Total assets
$ 65,117
$ 65,632
$ 56,823
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
Interest-bearing demand deposits
$ 11,373
$ 48
1.70 %
$ 11,002
$ 45
1.65 %
$ 9,630
$ 53
2.17 %
Money market deposits
16,578
89
2.11 %
16,658
87
2.10 %
13,476
83
2.46 %
Savings deposits
2,392
1
0.16 %
2,413
1
0.14 %
2,358
1
0.16 %
Time deposits
4,605
33
2.89 %
5,205
40
3.03 %
6,481
58
3.57 %
Total interest-bearing deposits
34,948
171
1.95 %
35,278
173
1.96 %
31,945
195
2.43 %
Repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased
173
—
1.75 %
163
1
1.65 %
176
1
2.15 %
Borrowings
3,664
38
4.02 %
4,050
39
3.90 %
2,648
30
4.54 %
Subordinated and junior subordinated debentures
471
8
6.99 %
431
8
7.07 %
430
9
7.99 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities
39,256
$ 217
2.20 %
39,922
$ 221
2.21 %
35,199
$ 235
2.65 %
Non-interest-bearing deposits
17,584
17,301
14,627
Other liabilities
870
815
840
Total liabilities
57,710
58,038
50,666
Common equity
7,407
7,594
6,157
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$ 65,117
$ 65,632
$ 56,823
NET INTEREST INCOME (2)
$ 617
$ 592
$ 507
NET INTEREST SPREAD (2)
3.35 %
3.19 %
2.97 %
NET INTEREST INCOME TO EARNING ASSETS OR NET INTEREST MARGIN (1), (2)
4.11 %
3.93 %
3.84 %
(1)
Non-accrual loans and leases are included in the average balance.
(2)
Tax-exempt income was adjusted to a tax equivalent basis at a 21% tax rate. The amount of such adjustment was an addition to recorded income of approximately $2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2026, as compared to $3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2026 and $2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2025.
Columbia Banking System, Inc.
Consolidated Average Balance Sheets, Net Interest Income, and Yields/Rates
(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2026
September 30, 2025
($ in millions)
Average Balance
Interest Income or Expense
Average Yields or Rates
Average Balance
Interest Income or Expense
Average Yields or Rates
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
Loans held for sale
$ 104
$ 4
5.78 %
$ 69
$ 3
6.74 %
Loans and leases (1)
47,358
2,062
5.82 %
38,843
1,733
5.96 %
Taxable securities
10,174
317
4.15 %
8,053
248
4.11 %
Non-taxable securities (2)
1,220
42
4.63 %
856
26
4.04 %
Temporary investments and interest-bearing cash
1,437
40
3.69 %
1,570
52
4.44 %
Total interest-earning assets (1), (2)
60,293
$ 2,465
5.46 %
49,391
$ 2,062
5.58 %
Goodwill and other intangible assets
2,136
1,565
Other assets
3,222
2,340
Total assets
$ 65,651
$ 53,296
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
Interest-bearing demand deposits
$ 11,054
$ 136
1.65 %
$ 8,832
$ 147
2.23 %
Money market deposits
16,694
264
2.11 %
12,295
225
2.44 %
Savings deposits
2,416
3
0.14 %
2,332
2
0.13 %
Time deposits
5,402
125
3.10 %
6,249
178
3.81 %
Total interest-bearing deposits
35,566
528
1.99 %
29,708
552
2.49 %
Repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased
174
2
1.76 %
192
3
2.09 %
Borrowings
3,597
107
3.96 %
2,913
101
4.63 %
Subordinated and junior subordinated debentures
446
23
7.03 %
432
26
7.99 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities
39,783
$ 660
2.22 %
33,245
$ 682
2.74 %
Non-interest-bearing deposits
17,422
13,668
Other liabilities
852
826
Total liabilities
58,057
47,739
Common equity
7,594
5,557
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$ 65,651
$ 53,296
NET INTEREST INCOME (2)
$ 1,805
$ 1,380
NET INTEREST SPREAD (2)
3.24 %
2.84 %
NET INTEREST INCOME TO EARNING ASSETS OR NET INTEREST MARGIN (1), (2)
4.00 %
3.73 %
(1)
Non-accrual loans and leases are included in the average balance.
(2)
Tax-exempt income was adjusted to a tax equivalent basis at a 21% tax rate. The amount of such adjustment was an addition to recorded income of approximately $7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2026, as compared to $4 million for the same period in 2025.
Columbia Banking System, Inc.
Residential Mortgage Banking Activity
(Unaudited)
Quarter Ended
%
($ in millions)
Sep 30, 2026
Jun 30, 2026
Mar 31, 2026
Dec 31, 2025
Sep 30, 2025
Seq. Quarter
Year over Year
Residential mortgage banking revenue:
Origination and sale
$ 5
$ 6
$ 5
$ 5
$ 5
(17) %
— %
Servicing
6
5
6
6
5
20 %
20 %
Change in fair value of MSR asset:
Changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows over time
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
— %
— %
Changes due to valuation inputs or assumptions
13
1
6
(1)
—
nm
nm
MSR hedge (loss) gain
(12)
(2)
(2)
—
—
500 %
nm
Total
$ 9
$ 7
$ 12
$ 7
$ 7
29 %
29 %
Closed loan volume for sale
$ 172
$ 195
$ 171
$ 176
$ 166
(12) %
4 %
Gain on sale margin
2.91 %
3.08 %
2.92 %
2.84 %
3.01 %
-0.17
-0.10
Residential mortgage servicing rights:
Balance, beginning of period
$ 105
$ 105
$ 99
$ 101
$ 103
— %
2 %
Additions for new MSR capitalized
3
2
3
2
1
50 %
200 %
Change in fair value of MSR asset:
Changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows over time
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
— %
— %
Changes due to valuation inputs or assumptions
13
1
6
(1)
—
nm
nm
Balance, end of period
$ 118
$ 105
$ 105
$ 99
$ 101
12 %
17 %
Residential mortgage loans serviced for others
$ 7,686
$ 7,734
$ 7,812
$ 7,755
$ 7,797
(1) %
(1) %
MSR as % of serviced portfolio
1.54 %
1.36 %
1.34 %
1.28 %
1.30 %
0.18
0.24
nm
= Percentage changes greater than +/-500% are considered not meaningful and are presented as "nm."
Columbia Banking System, Inc.
Residential Mortgage Banking Activity
(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended
% Change
($ in millions)
Sep 30, 2026
Sep 30, 2025
Year over Year
Residential mortgage banking revenue:
Origination and sale
$ 16
$ 14
14 %
Servicing
17
17
0 %
Change in fair value of MSR asset:
Changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows over time
(9)
(9)
0 %
Changes due to valuation inputs or assumptions
20
(3)
nm
MSR hedge (loss) gain
(16)
5
(420) %
Total
$ 28
$ 24
17 %
Closed loan volume for sale
$ 538
$ 466
15 %
Gain on sale margin
2.97 %
3.00 %
(0.03)
Residential mortgage servicing rights:
Balance, beginning of period
$ 99
$ 108
(8) %
Additions for new MSR capitalized
8
5
60 %
Change in fair value of MSR asset:
Changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows over time
(9)
(9)
0 %
Changes due to valuation inputs or assumptions
20
(3)
nm
Balance, end of period
$ 118
$ 101
17 %
nm
= Percentage changes greater than +/-500% are considered not meaningful and are presented as "nm."
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
In addition to results presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America ("GAAP"), this press release contains certain non-GAAP financial measures. The Company believes presenting certain non-GAAP financial measures provides investors with information useful in understanding our financial performance, our performance trends, and our financial position. We utilize these measures for internal planning and forecasting purposes, and operating pre-provision net revenue and operating return on tangible common equity are also used as part of our incentive compensation program for our executive officers. We, as well as securities analysts, investors, and other interested parties, also use these measures to compare peer company operating performance. We believe that our presentation and discussion, together with the accompanying reconciliations, provides a complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our business and allows investors to view performance in a manner similar to management. These non-GAAP measures should not be considered a substitution for GAAP basis measures and results, and we strongly encourage investors to review our consolidated financial statements in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure. Because non-GAAP financial measures are not standardized, it may not be possible to compare these financial measures with other companies' non-GAAP financial measures having the same or similar names.
Columbia Banking System, Inc.
GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation
Tangible Capital, as adjusted
(Unaudited)
Quarter Ended
% Change
($ in millions, except per-share data)
Sep 30, 2026
Jun 30, 2026
Mar 31, 2026
Dec 31, 2025
Sep 30, 2025
Seq. Quarter
Year over Year
Total shareholders' equity
a
$ 7,079
$ 7,552
$ 7,664
$ 7,840
$ 7,790
(6) %
(9) %
Less: Goodwill
1,482
1,482
1,482
1,482
1,481
— %
— %
Less: Other intangible assets, net
595
633
671
712
754
(6) %
(21) %
Tangible common shareholders' equity
b
$ 5,002
$ 5,437
$ 5,511
$ 5,646
$ 5,555
(8) %
(10) %
Total assets
c
$ 65,135
$ 65,380
$ 66,027
$ 66,832
$ 67,496
— %
(3) %
Less: Goodwill
1,482
1,482
1,482
1,482
1,481
— %
— %
Less: Other intangible assets, net
595
633
671
712
754
(6) %
(21) %
Tangible assets
d
$ 63,058
$ 63,265
$ 63,874
$ 64,638
$ 65,261
— %
(3) %
Common shares outstanding at period end (in thousands)
e
276,330
282,817
289,530
295,422
299,147
(2) %
(8) %
Total shareholders' equity to total assets ratio
a / c
10.87 %
11.55 %
11.61 %
11.73 %
11.54 %
(0.68)
(0.67)
Tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio
b / d
7.93 %
8.59 %
8.63 %
8.73 %
8.51 %
(0.66)
(0.58)
Book value per common share
a / e
$ 25.62
$ 26.70
$ 26.47
$ 26.54
$ 26.04
(4) %
(2) %
Tangible book value per common share
b / e
$ 18.10
$ 19.22
$ 19.03
$ 19.11
$ 18.57
(6) %
(3) %
Columbia Banking System, Inc.
GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation - Continued
Income Statements, as adjusted
(Unaudited)
Quarter Ended
% Change
($ in millions)
Sep 30, 2026
Jun 30, 2026
Mar 31, 2026
Dec 31, 2025
Sep 30, 2025
Seq. Quarter
Year over Year
Non-Interest Income Adjustments
(Loss) gain on investment securities, net
$ (8)
$ (1)
$ —
$ 2
$ 2
nm
(500) %
Gain (loss) on swap derivatives
3
—
—
1
(1)
nm
nm
(Loss) gain on loans held for investment, at fair value
(3)
(1)
(2)
—
4
200 %
(175) %
Change in fair value of MSR due to valuation inputs or assumptions
13
1
6
(1)
—
nm
nm
MSR hedge loss
(12)
(2)
(2)
—
—
500 %
nm
Total non-interest income adjustments
a
$ (7)
$ (3)
$ 2
$ 2
$ 5
133 %
(240) %
Non-Interest Expense Adjustments
Merger and restructuring expense
$ 2
$ 9
$ 24
$ 39
$ 87
(78) %
(98) %
Exit and disposal costs
3
—
1
1
—
nm
nm
FDIC special assessment
—
—
—
(5)
(1)
nm
nm
Legal settlement and other non-operating expense
—
—
—
4
—
nm
nm
Total non-interest expense adjustments
b
$ 5
$ 9
$ 25
$ 39
$ 86
(44) %
(94) %
Net interest income
c
$ 615
$ 589
$ 594
$ 627
$ 505
4 %
22 %
Non-interest income (GAAP)
d
$ 80
$ 88
$ 83
$ 90
$ 77
(9) %
4 %
Less: Non-interest income adjustments
a
7
3
(2)
(2)
(5)
133 %
nm
Operating non-interest income (non-GAAP)
e
$ 87
$ 91
$ 81
$ 88
$ 72
(4) %
21 %
Revenue (GAAP)
f=c+d
$ 695
$ 677
$ 677
$ 717
$ 582
3 %
19 %
Operating revenue (non-GAAP)
g=c+e
$ 702
$ 680
$ 675
$ 715
$ 577
3 %
22 %
Non-interest expense (GAAP)
h
$ 370
$ 375
$ 394
$ 412
$ 393
(1) %
(6) %
Less: Non-interest expense adjustments
b
(5)
(9)
(25)
(39)
(86)
(44) %
(94) %
Operating non-interest expense (non-GAAP)
i
$ 365
$ 366
$ 369
$ 373
$ 307
— %
19 %
Net income (GAAP)
j
$ 220
$ 208
$ 192
$ 215
$ 96
6 %
129 %
Provision for income taxes
72
67
63
67
23
7 %
213 %
Income before provision for income taxes
292
275
255
282
119
6 %
145 %
Provision for credit losses
33
27
28
23
70
22 %
(53) %
Pre-provision net revenue (PPNR) (non-GAAP)
k
325
302
283
305
189
8 %
72 %
Less: Non-interest income adjustments
a
7
3
(2)
(2)
(5)
133 %
nm
Add: Non-interest expense adjustments
b
5
9
25
39
86
(44) %
(94) %
Operating PPNR (non-GAAP)
l
$ 337
$ 314
$ 306
$ 342
$ 270
7 %
25 %
Net income (GAAP)
j
$ 220
$ 208
$ 192
$ 215
$ 96
6 %
129 %
Acquisition-related provision expense
—
—
—
—
70
nm
(100) %
Less: Non-interest income adjustments
a
7
3
(2)
(2)
(5)
133 %
nm
Add: Non-interest expense adjustments
b
5
9
25
39
86
(44) %
(94) %
Tax effect of adjustments
(3)
(3)
(6)
(9)
(43)
— %
(93) %
Operating net income (non-GAAP)
m
$ 229
$ 217
$ 209
$ 243
$ 204
6 %
12 %
nm
= Percentage changes greater than +/-500% are considered not meaningful and are presented as "nm."
Columbia Banking System, Inc.
GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation - Continued
Average Balances, Earnings Per Share, and Performance Metrics, as adjusted
(Unaudited)
Quarter Ended
% Change
($ in millions, shares in thousands)
Sep 30, 2026
Jun 30, 2026
Mar 31, 2026
Dec 31, 2025
Sep 30, 2025
Seq. Quarter
Year over Year
Average assets
n
$ 65,117
$ 65,632
$ 66,215
$ 67,114
$ 56,823
(1) %
15 %
Less: Average goodwill and other intangible assets, net
2,096
2,136
2,175
2,217
1,719
(2) %
22 %
Average tangible assets
o
$ 63,021
$ 63,496
$ 64,040
$ 64,897
$ 55,104
(1) %
14 %
Average common shareholders' equity
p
$ 7,407
$ 7,594
$ 7,786
$ 7,814
$ 6,157
(2) %
20 %
Less: Average goodwill and other intangible assets, net
2,096
2,136
2,175
2,217
1,719
(2) %
22 %
Average tangible common equity
q
$ 5,311
$ 5,458
$ 5,611
$ 5,597
$ 4,438
(3) %
20 %
Weighted average basic shares outstanding (in thousands)
r
279,221
285,558
290,933
295,376
237,838
(2) %
17 %
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding (in thousands)
s
280,338
286,472
292,160
296,760
238,925
(2) %
17 %
Select Per-Share & Performance Metrics
Earnings per share - basic
j / r
$ 0.78
$ 0.73
$ 0.66
$ 0.72
$ 0.40
7 %
95 %
Earnings per share - diluted
j / s
$ 0.78
$ 0.73
$ 0.66
$ 0.72
$ 0.40
7 %
95 %
Efficiency ratio (1)
h / f
53.08 %
55.15 %
58.03 %
57.30 %
67.29 %
(2.07)
(14.21)
Non-interest expense to average assets
h / n
2.25 %
2.29 %
2.41 %
2.44 %
2.74 %
(0.04)
(0.49)
Return on average assets
j / n
1.34 %
1.27 %
1.18 %
1.27 %
0.67 %
0.07
0.67
Return on average tangible assets
j / o
1.38 %
1.31 %
1.22 %
1.31 %
0.69 %
0.07
0.69
PPNR return on average assets
k / n
1.98 %
1.85 %
1.73 %
1.80 %
1.32 %
0.13
0.66
Return on average common equity
j / p
11.78 %
10.99 %
10.00 %
10.92 %
6.19 %
0.79
5.59
Return on average tangible common equity
j / q
16.43 %
15.29 %
13.88 %
15.24 %
8.58 %
1.14
7.85
Operating Per-Share & Performance Metrics
Operating earnings per share - basic
m / r
$ 0.82
$ 0.76
$ 0.72
$ 0.82
$ 0.86
8 %
(5) %
Operating earnings per share - diluted
m / s
$ 0.82
$ 0.76
$ 0.72
$ 0.82
$ 0.85
8 %
(4) %
Operating efficiency ratio, as adjusted (1)
u / y
51.34 %
52.92 %
53.68 %
51.39 %
52.32 %
(1.58)
(0.98)
Operating non-interest expense to average assets
i / n
2.22 %
2.24 %
2.26 %
2.20 %
2.14 %
(0.02)
0.08
Operating return on average assets
m / n
1.40 %
1.33 %
1.28 %
1.44 %
1.42 %
0.07
(0.02)
Operating return on average tangible assets
m / o
1.44 %
1.37 %
1.32 %
1.49 %
1.47 %
0.07
(0.03)
Operating PPNR return on average assets
l / n
2.05 %
1.92 %
1.87 %
2.02 %
1.89 %
0.13
0.16
Operating return on average common equity
m / p
12.27 %
11.46 %
10.89 %
12.34 %
13.15 %
0.81
(0.88)
Operating return on average tangible common equity
m / q
17.11 %
15.95 %
15.11 %
17.22 %
18.24 %
1.16
(1.13)
(1)
Tax-exempt interest was adjusted to a taxable equivalent basis using a 21% tax rate and added to stated revenue for this calculation.
, /PRNewswire/ -- Robert Half Inc. (NYSE: RHI) today reported revenues and earnings for the third quarter ended September 30, 2026.
For the three months ended September 30, 2026, net income was $50 million, or $0.49 per share, on revenues of $1.359 billion. For the three months ended September 30, 2025, net income was $43 million, or $0.43 per share, on revenues of $1.354 billion.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2026, net income was $90 million, or $0.90 per share, on revenues of $3.996 billion. For the nine months ended September 30, 2025, net income was $101 million, or $1.01 per share, on revenues of $4.076 billion.
"For the third quarter of 2026, global enterprise revenues were $1.359 billion, roughly flat with last year on an adjusted basis," said M. Keith Waddell, president and chief executive officer of Robert Half. "Talent solutions returned to adjusted year-over-year revenue growth for the first time since 2022, with revenues increasing 2 percent. Global enterprise earnings exceeded the midpoint of our third-quarter guidance.
"Hiring activity continues to improve, supported by gradually improving market conditions. Demand for risk and compliance consulting services also showed encouraging signs of improvement during the quarter. Our combination of innovative technology, specialized expertise and high-touch client service positions us well to deliver the talent and consulting solutions clients need to advance their business priorities.
"We want to recognize and thank our employees around the world for their continued dedication to our clients. Their commitment is reflected in Robert Half's recent accolades, including being named among Fortune's Best Workplaces in Consulting & Professional Services, Forbes' World's Best Employers and Forbes' World's Top Companies for Women," Waddell concluded.
Robert Half management will host a conference call at 5 p.m. ET. The prepared remarks for this call are available now in the Investor Center of the Robert Half website (www.roberthalf.com/investor-center). Simply click on the Quarterly Conference Calls link. The dial-in number is 800-330-6710 (+1-213-279-1505 outside the United States and Canada). The confirmation code to access the call is 5205953.
A recorded replay of the call will be available for audio replay beginning October 22 and will remain accessible for 12 months at https://webcasts.com/RobertHalfQ32026. The conference call also will be archived in audio format on the Company's website at roberthalf.com.
Robert Half is the world's first and largest specialized talent solutions and business consulting firm, connecting highly skilled job seekers with rewarding opportunities at great companies. We offer contract talent and permanent placement solutions in the fields of finance and accounting, technology, marketing and creative, legal, and administrative and customer support, and we also provide executive search services. Robert Half is the parent company of Protiviti®, a global consulting firm that delivers internal audit, risk, business and technology consulting solutions. In the last 12 months, Robert Half has been recognized as one of America's Most Innovative Companies by Fortune and, with Protiviti, has been named as a Fortune® Most Admired Company™ and one of the 100 Best Companies to Work For.
Certain information contained in Management's Discussion and Analysis and in other parts of this report may be deemed forward-looking statements regarding events and financial trends that may affect the future operating results or financial positions of Robert Half Inc. (the "Company"). Forward-looking statements are not guarantees or promises that goals or targets will be met. These statements may be identified by words such as "anticipate," "potential," "estimate," "forecast," "target," "project," "plan," "intend," "believe," "expect," "should," "could," "would," "may," "might," "will," or variations or negatives thereof or by similar or comparable words or phrases. In addition, historical, current and forward-looking information about the Company's corporate responsibility and compliance programs, including targets or goals, may not be considered material for the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") or other mandatory reporting purposes and may be based on standards for measuring progress that are still developing; on internal controls, diligence or processes that are evolving; on representations reviewed or provided by third parties; and on assumptions that are subject to change in the future. Forward-looking statements are estimates only and are based on management's current expectations; currently available information; and current strategy, plans or forecasts, and involve certain known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict, often beyond the Company's control and are inherently uncertain. Forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results and outcomes, or the timing of these results or outcomes, to differ materially from those expressed or implied in the statements.
These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the following: changes to or new interpretations of United States of America ("U.S.") or international tax regulations; the global financial and economic situation; changes in levels of unemployment and other economic conditions in the U.S. or foreign countries where the Company does business, or in particular regions or industries; reduction in the supply of candidates for contract employment or the Company's ability to attract candidates; the development, proliferation and adoption of artificial intelligence ("AI") by the Company and the third parties it serves; the entry of new competitors into the marketplace or expansion by existing competitors; the ability of the Company to maintain existing client relationships and attract new clients in the context of changing economic or competitive conditions; the impact of competitive pressures, including any change in the demand for the Company's services, or the Company's ability to maintain its margins; the possibility of the Company incurring liability for its activities, including the activities of its engagement professionals, or for events impacting its engagement professionals on clients' premises; the possibility that adverse publicity could impact the Company's ability to attract and retain clients and candidates; the success of the Company in attracting, training and retaining qualified management personnel and other staff employees; the Company's ability to comply with governmental regulations affecting personnel services businesses in particular or employer/employee relationships in general; whether there will be ongoing demand for Sarbanes-Oxley or other regulatory compliance services; the Company's reliance on short-term contracts for a significant percentage of its business; litigation relating to prior or current transactions or activities, including litigation that may be disclosed from time to time in the Company's SEC filings; the impact of extreme weather conditions on the Company and its candidates and clients; the ability of the Company to manage its international operations and comply with foreign laws and regulations; the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; the possibility that the additional costs the Company will incur as a result of health care or other reform legislation may adversely affect the Company's profit margins or the demand for the Company's services; the possibility that the Company's computer and communications hardware and software systems could be damaged or their service interrupted, or that the Company could experience a cybersecurity breach; and the possibility that the Company may fail to maintain adequate financial and management controls, and as a result suffer errors in its financial reporting.
Additionally, with respect to Protiviti, other risks and uncertainties include the fact that future success will depend on its ability to retain employees and attract clients; there can be no assurance that there will be ongoing demand for broad-based consulting, regulatory compliance, technology services, public sector or other high-demand advisory services; failure to produce projected revenues could adversely affect financial results; and there is the possibility of involvement in litigation relating to prior or current transactions or activities.
A summary of additional risks and uncertainties can be found in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, and in the Company's other filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
Because long-term contracts are not a significant part of the Company's business, future results cannot be reliably predicted by considering past trends or extrapolating past results. Except as required by law, the Company undertakes no obligation to update information in this report, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, and notwithstanding any historical practice of doing so.
A copy of this release is available at www.roberthalf.com/investor-center.
ATTACHED:
Summary of Operations
Supplemental Financial Information
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
ROBERT HALF INC.
SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
(Unaudited)
(Unaudited)
Service revenues
$ 1,359,297
$ 1,354,477
$ 3,995,841
$ 4,076,127
Costs of services
827,202
850,246
2,509,810
2,563,377
Gross margin
532,095
504,231
1,486,031
1,512,750
Selling, general and administrative expenses
457,247
490,643
1,436,571
1,458,740
Operating income
74,848
13,588
49,460
54,010
(Income) loss from investments held in employee deferred
compensation trusts (which is completely offset by related costs and
expenses)
2,296
(47,621)
(90,355)
(85,104)
Interest income, net
(2,114)
(2,510)
(6,885)
(8,321)
Income before income taxes
74,666
63,719
146,700
147,435
Provision for income taxes
24,796
20,803
56,722
46,201
Net income
$ 49,870
$ 42,916
$ 89,978
$ 101,234
Diluted net income per share
$ 0.49
$ 0.43
$ 0.90
$ 1.01
Weighted average shares:
Basic
99,963
99,897
99,844
100,321
Diluted
100,940
100,041
100,383
100,529
ROBERT HALF INC.
SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
(in thousands)
Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
(Unaudited)
(Unaudited)
SERVICE REVENUES INFORMATION
Contract talent solutions
Finance and accounting
$ 565,593
$ 553,364
$ 1,656,068
$ 1,671,923
Administrative and customer support
154,365
158,689
458,559
489,907
Technology
165,051
157,851
481,011
468,796
Elimination of intersegment revenues (1)
(126,179)
(123,681)
(364,387)
(361,390)
Total contract talent solutions
758,830
746,223
2,231,251
2,269,236
Permanent placement talent solutions
116,946
110,125
343,941
336,929
Protiviti
483,521
498,129
1,420,649
1,469,962
Total service revenues
$ 1,359,297
$ 1,354,477
$ 3,995,841
$ 4,076,127
(1)
Service revenues for finance and accounting, administrative and customer support, and technology include intersegment revenues, which represent revenues from services provided to the Company's Protiviti segment in connection with the Company's blended business solutions. Intersegment revenues for each functional specialization are aggregated and then eliminated as a single line.
September 30,
2026
2025
(Unaudited)
SELECTED BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION:
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 321,291
$ 365,289
Accounts receivable, net
$ 826,156
$ 838,002
Total assets
$ 2,849,502
$ 2,846,378
Total current liabilities
$ 1,439,794
$ 1,364,925
Total stockholders' equity
$ 1,208,970
$ 1,286,092
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2026
2025
(Unaudited)
SELECTED CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Capital expenditures, including capitalized cloud computing implementation costs
$ (46,863)
$ (62,243)
Net cash flows before financing activities
$ 47,147
$ 74,811
Repurchases of common stock
$ (6,770)
$ (92,069)
Dividends paid
$ (179,841)
$ (179,549)
ROBERT HALF INC.
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
The financial results of Robert Half Inc. (the "Company") are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") and the rules of the SEC. To help readers understand the Company's financial performance, the Company supplements its GAAP financial results with the following non-GAAP measures: adjusted gross margin; adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses; adjusted operating income; and adjusted revenue growth rates.
The following measures: adjusted gross margin, adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses and adjusted operating income, include gains and losses on investments held to fund the Company's obligations under employee deferred compensation plans. The Company provides these measures because they are used by management to review its operational results.
Adjusted revenue growth rates represent year-over-year revenue growth rates after removing the impacts on reported revenues from the changes in the number of billing days and foreign currency exchange rates. The Company provides this data because it focuses on the Company's revenue growth rates attributable to operating activities and aids in evaluating revenue trends over time. The impacts from the changes in billing days and foreign currency exchange rates are calculated as follows:
Billing days impact is calculated by dividing each comparative period's reported revenues by the number of billing days for that period to arrive at a per billing day amount. Same billing day growth rates are then calculated based on the per billing day amounts. Management calculates a global, weighted-average number of billing days for each reporting period based upon inputs from all countries and all functional specializations and segments.
Foreign currency impact is calculated by retranslating current-period international revenues, using foreign currency exchange rates from the prior year's comparable period.
The non-GAAP financial measures provided herein may not provide information that is directly comparable to that provided by other companies in the Company's industry, as other companies may calculate such financial results differently. The Company's non-GAAP financial measures are not measurements of financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to amounts presented in accordance with GAAP. The Company does not consider these non-GAAP financial measures to be a substitute for, or superior to, the information provided by GAAP financial results. A reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures is provided on the following pages.
ROBERT HALF INC.
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
ADJUSTED GROSS MARGIN (UNAUDITED):
(in thousands)
Three Months EndedSeptember 30,
Relationships
Nine Months Ended September 30,
Relationships
As Reported
As Adjusted
As Reported
As Adjusted
As Reported
As Adjusted
As Reported
As Adjusted
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
Gross Margin
Contract talent solutions
$ 298,230
$ 290,121
$ 298,230
$ 290,121
39.3 %
38.9 %
39.3 %
38.9 %
$ 872,405
$ 884,421
$ 872,405
$ 884,421
39.1 %
39.0 %
39.1 %
39.0 %
Permanent placement talent
solutions
116,676
109,903
116,676
109,903
99.8 %
99.8 %
99.8 %
99.8 %
343,225
336,315
343,225
336,315
99.8 %
99.8 %
99.8 %
99.8 %
Total talent solutions
414,906
400,024
414,906
400,024
47.4 %
46.7 %
47.4 %
46.7 %
1,215,630
1,220,736
1,215,630
1,220,736
47.2 %
46.8 %
47.2 %
46.8 %
Protiviti
117,189
104,207
116,451
114,627
24.2 %
20.9 %
24.1 %
23.0 %
270,401
292,014
291,047
311,196
19.0 %
19.9 %
20.5 %
21.2 %
Total
$ 532,095
$ 504,231
$ 531,357
$ 514,651
39.1 %
37.2 %
39.1 %
38.0 %
$ 1,486,031
$ 1,512,750
$ 1,506,677
$ 1,531,932
37.2 %
37.1 %
37.7 %
37.6 %
The following tables provide reconciliations of the non-GAAP adjusted gross margin to reported gross margin for the three months ended September 30, 2026 and 2025:
Three Months Ended September 30, 2026
Three Months Ended September 30, 2025
Contract talent
solutions
Permanent
placement talent
solutions
Total talent
solutions
Protiviti
Total
Contract talent
solutions
Permanent
placement talent
solutions
Total talent
solutions
Protiviti
Total
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
Gross Margin
As Reported
$ 298,230
39.3 %
$ 116,676
99.8 %
$ 414,906
47.4 %
$ 117,189
24.2 %
$ 532,095
39.1 %
$ 290,121
38.9 %
$ 109,903
99.8 %
$ 400,024
46.7 %
$ 104,207
20.9 %
$ 504,231
37.2 %
Adjustments (1)
—
—
—
—
—
—
(738)
(0.1 %)
(738)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10,420
2.1 %
10,420
0.8 %
As Adjusted
$ 298,230
39.3 %
$ 116,676
99.8 %
$ 414,906
47.4 %
$ 116,451
24.1 %
$ 531,357
39.1 %
$ 290,121
38.9 %
$ 109,903
99.8 %
$ 400,024
46.7 %
$ 114,627
23.0 %
$ 514,651
38.0 %
The following tables provide reconciliations of the non-GAAP adjusted gross margin to reported gross margin for the nine months ended September 30, 2026 and 2025:
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2026
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025
Contract talent
solutions
Permanent
placement talent
solutions
Total talent
solutions
Protiviti
Total
Contract talent
solutions
Permanent
placement talent
solutions
Total talent
solutions
Protiviti
Total
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
Gross Margin
As Reported
$ 872,405
39.1 %
$ 343,225
99.8 %
$ 1,215,630
47.2 %
$ 270,401
19.0 %
$ 1,486,031
37.2 %
$ 884,421
39.0 %
$ 336,315
99.8 %
$ 1,220,736
46.8 %
$ 292,014
19.9 %
$ 1,512,750
37.1 %
Adjustments (1)
—
—
—
—
—
—
20,646
1.5 %
20,646
0.5 %
—
—
—
—
—
—
19,182
1.3 %
19,182
0.5 %
As Adjusted
$ 872,405
39.1 %
$ 343,225
99.8 %
$ 1,215,630
47.2 %
$ 291,047
20.5 %
$ 1,506,677
37.7 %
$ 884,421
39.0 %
$ 336,315
99.8 %
$ 1,220,736
46.8 %
$ 311,196
21.2 %
$ 1,531,932
37.6 %
(1)
Changes in the Company's employee deferred compensation plan obligations related to Protiviti operations are included in costs of services, while the related investment (income) loss is presented separately. The non-GAAP financial adjustments shown in the table above are to reclassify investment (income) loss from investments held in employee deferred compensation trusts to the same line item that includes the corresponding change in obligation. These adjustments have no impact on income before income taxes.
ROBERT HALF INC.
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
ADJUSTED SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES (UNAUDITED):
(in thousands)
Three Months EndedSeptember 30,
Relationships
Nine Months Ended September 30,
Relationships
As Reported
As Adjusted
As Reported
As Adjusted
As Reported
As Adjusted
As Reported
As Adjusted
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
Selling, General and
Administrative Expenses
Contract talent solutions
$ 274,371
$ 306,844
$ 275,701
$ 273,755
36.2 %
41.1 %
36.3 %
36.7 %
$ 884,490
$ 901,927
$ 822,759
$ 842,941
39.6 %
39.7 %
36.9 %
37.1 %
Permanent placement talent
solutions
103,720
106,404
103,948
102,292
88.7 %
96.6 %
88.9 %
92.9 %
321,525
323,757
313,547
316,821
93.5 %
96.1 %
91.2 %
94.0 %
Total talent solutions
378,091
413,248
379,649
376,047
43.2 %
48.3 %
43.4 %
43.9 %
1,206,015
1,225,684
1,136,306
1,159,762
46.8 %
47.0 %
44.1 %
44.5 %
Protiviti
79,156
77,395
79,156
77,395
16.4 %
15.5 %
16.4 %
15.5 %
230,556
233,056
230,556
233,056
16.2 %
15.9 %
16.2 %
15.9 %
Total
$ 457,247
$ 490,643
$ 458,805
$ 453,442
33.6 %
36.2 %
33.8 %
33.5 %
$ 1,436,571
$ 1,458,740
$ 1,366,862
$ 1,392,818
36.0 %
35.8 %
34.2 %
34.2 %
The following tables provide reconciliations of the non-GAAP adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses to reported selling, general and administrative expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2026 and 2025:
Three Months Ended September 30, 2026
Three Months Ended September 30, 2025
Contract talent
solutions
Permanent
placement talent
solutions
Total talent
solutions
Protiviti
Total
Contract talent
solutions
Permanent
placement talent
solutions
Total talent
solutions
Protiviti
Total
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
Selling, General and
Administrative Expenses
As Reported
$ 274,371
36.2 %
$ 103,720
88.7 %
$ 378,091
43.2 %
$ 79,156
16.4 %
$ 457,247
33.6 %
$ 306,844
41.1 %
$ 106,404
96.6 %
$ 413,248
48.3 %
$ 77,395
15.5 %
$ 490,643
36.2 %
Adjustments (1)
1,330
0.1 %
228
0.2 %
1,558
0.2 %
—
—
1,558
0.2 %
(33,089)
(4.4 %)
(4,112)
(3.7 %)
(37,201)
(4.4 %)
—
—
(37,201)
(2.7 %)
As Adjusted
$ 275,701
36.3 %
$ 103,948
88.9 %
$ 379,649
43.4 %
$ 79,156
16.4 %
$ 458,805
33.8 %
$ 273,755
36.7 %
$ 102,292
92.9 %
$ 376,047
43.9 %
$ 77,395
15.5 %
$ 453,442
33.5 %
The following tables provide reconciliations of the non-GAAP adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses to reported selling, general and administrative expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2026 and 2025:
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2026
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025
Contract talent
solutions
Permanent
placement talent
solutions
Total talent
solutions
Protiviti
Total
Contract talent
solutions
Permanent
placement talent
solutions
Total talent
solutions
Protiviti
Total
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
Selling, General and
Administrative Expenses
As Reported
$ 884,490
39.6 %
$ 321,525
93.5 %
$ 1,206,015
46.8 %
$ 230,556
16.2 %
$ 1,436,571
36.0 %
$ 901,927
39.7 %
$ 323,757
96.1 %
$ 1,225,684
47.0 %
$ 233,056
15.9 %
$ 1,458,740
35.8 %
Adjustments (1)
(61,731)
(2.7 %)
(7,978)
(2.3 %)
(69,709)
(2.7 %)
—
—
(69,709)
(1.8 %)
(58,986)
(2.6 %)
(6,936)
(2.1 %)
(65,922)
(2.5 %)
—
—
(65,922)
(1.6 %)
As Adjusted
$ 822,759
36.9 %
$ 313,547
91.2 %
$ 1,136,306
44.1 %
$ 230,556
16.2 %
$ 1,366,862
34.2 %
$ 842,941
37.1 %
$ 316,821
94.0 %
$ 1,159,762
44.5 %
$ 233,056
15.9 %
$ 1,392,818
34.2 %
(1)
Changes in the Company's employee deferred compensation plan obligations related to talent solutions operations are included in selling, general and administrative expenses, while the related investment (income) loss is presented separately. The non-GAAP financial adjustments shown in the table above are to reclassify investment (income) loss from investments held in employee deferred compensation trusts to the same line item that includes the corresponding change in obligation. These adjustments have no impact on income before income taxes.
ROBERT HALF INC.
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
ADJUSTED OPERATING INCOME (UNAUDITED):
(in thousands)
Three Months EndedSeptember 30,
Relationships
Nine Months Ended September 30,
Relationships
As Reported
As Adjusted
As Reported
As Adjusted
As Reported
As Adjusted
As Reported
As Adjusted
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
Operating (Loss) Income
Contract talent solutions
$ 23,859
$ (16,723)
$ 22,529
$ 16,366
3.1 %
(2.2 %)
3.0 %
2.2 %
$ (12,085)
$ (17,506)
$ 49,646
$ 41,480
(0.5 %)
(0.8 %)
2.2 %
1.8 %
Permanent placement talent
solutions
12,956
3,499
12,728
7,611
11.1 %
3.2 %
10.9 %
6.9 %
21,700
12,558
29,678
19,494
6.3 %
3.7 %
8.6 %
5.8 %
Total talent solutions
36,815
(13,224)
35,257
23,977
4.2 %
(1.5 %)
4.0 %
2.8 %
9,615
(4,948)
79,324
60,974
0.4 %
(0.2 %)
3.1 %
2.3 %
Protiviti
38,033
26,812
37,295
37,232
7.9 %
5.4 %
7.7 %
7.5 %
39,845
58,958
60,491
78,140
2.8 %
4.0 %
4.3 %
5.3 %
Total
$ 74,848
$ 13,588
$ 72,552
$ 61,209
5.5 %
1.0 %
5.3 %
4.5 %
$ 49,460
$ 54,010
$ 139,815
$ 139,114
1.2 %
1.3 %
3.5 %
3.4 %
The following tables provide reconciliations of the non-GAAP adjusted operating income to reported operating (loss) income for the three months ended September 30, 2026 and 2025:
Three Months Ended September 30, 2026
Three Months Ended September 30, 2025
Contract talent
solutions
Permanent
placement talent
solutions
Total talent
solutions
Protiviti
Total
Contract talent
solutions
Permanent
placement talent
solutions
Total talent
solutions
Protiviti
Total
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
Operating (Loss) Income
As Reported
$ 23,859
3.1 %
$ 12,956
11.1 %
$ 36,815
4.2 %
$ 38,033
7.9 %
$ 74,848
5.5 %
$ (16,723)
(2.2 %)
$ 3,499
3.2 %
$ (13,224)
(1.5 %)
$ 26,812
5.4 %
$ 13,588
1.0 %
Adjustments (1)
(1,330)
(0.1 %)
(228)
(0.2 %)
(1,558)
(0.2 %)
(738)
(0.2 %)
(2,296)
(0.2 %)
33,089
4.4 %
4,112
3.7 %
37,201
4.3 %
10,420
2.1 %
47,621
3.5 %
As Adjusted
$ 22,529
3.0 %
$ 12,728
10.9 %
$ 35,257
4.0 %
$ 37,295
7.7 %
$ 72,552
5.3 %
$ 16,366
2.2 %
$ 7,611
6.9 %
$ 23,977
2.8 %
$ 37,232
7.5 %
$ 61,209
4.5 %
The following tables provide reconciliations of the non-GAAP adjusted operating income to reported operating (loss) income for the nine months ended September 30, 2026 and 2025:
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2026
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025
Contract talent
solutions
Permanent
placement talent
solutions
Total talent
solutions
Protiviti
Total
Contract talent
solutions
Permanent
placement talent
solutions
Total talent
solutions
Protiviti
Total
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
$
% of
Revenue
Operating (Loss) Income
As Reported
$ (12,085)
(0.5 %)
$ 21,700
6.3 %
$ 9,615
0.4 %
$ 39,845
2.8 %
$ 49,460
1.2 %
$ (17,506)
(0.8 %)
$ 12,558
3.7 %
$ (4,948)
(0.2 %)
$ 58,958
4.0 %
$ 54,010
1.3 %
Adjustments (1)
61,731
2.7 %
7,978
2.3 %
69,709
2.7 %
20,646
1.5 %
90,355
2.3 %
58,986
2.6 %
6,936
2.1 %
65,922
2.5 %
19,182
1.3 %
85,104
2.1 %
As Adjusted
$ 49,646
2.2 %
$ 29,678
8.6 %
$ 79,324
3.1 %
$ 60,491
4.3 %
$ 139,815
3.5 %
$ 41,480
1.8 %
$ 19,494
5.8 %
$ 60,974
2.3 %
$ 78,140
5.3 %
$ 139,114
3.4 %
(1)
Changes in the Company's employee deferred compensation plan obligations are included in operating (loss) income. The non-GAAP financial adjustments shown in the table above are to reclassify investment (income) loss from investments held in employee deferred compensation trusts to the same line item that includes the corresponding change in obligation. These adjustments have no impact on income before income taxes.
ROBERT HALF INC.
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
REVENUE GROWTH RATES (%) (UNAUDITED):
Year-Over-Year Growth Rates
(As Reported)
Non-GAAP Year-Over-Year Growth Rates
(As Adjusted)
2025
2026
2025
2026
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Global
Finance and accounting
-10.8
-9.9
-6.9
-4.3
-0.7
2.2
-10.8
-10.7
-7.8
-6.3
-1.3
1.5
Administrative and customer
support
-13.0
-11.1
-11.4
-9.8
-6.5
-2.7
-13.3
-12.1
-12.5
-11.8
-6.9
-3.1
Technology
0.3
-1.5
-1.0
0.8
2.4
4.6
0.4
-1.9
-1.2
-0.3
2.3
3.9
Elimination of intersegment
revenues (1)
2.9
1.1
3.0
-0.9
1.3
2.0
2.5
0.2
2.2
-2.8
1.2
1.7
Total contract talent solutions
-11.1
-10.1
-8.2
-5.0
-1.6
1.7
-11.1
-10.9
-9.0
-6.8
-2.1
1.0
Permanent placement talent
solutions
-12.5
-10.7
-5.1
-2.8
2.9
6.2
-12.6
-11.4
-5.9
-4.7
2.5
5.6
Total talent solutions
-11.3
-10.2
-7.9
-4.7
-1.0
2.3
-11.3
-11.0
-8.6
-6.6
-1.5
1.6
Protiviti
1.8
-2.6
-2.0
-2.2
-4.9
-2.9
1.5
-3.4
-2.8
-3.8
-5.0
-3.3
Total
-7.0
-7.5
-5.8
-3.8
-2.4
0.4
-7.1
-8.3
-6.6
-5.6
-2.8
-0.2
United States
Contract talent solutions
-10.7
-10.3
-9.5
-7.6
-2.1
2.5
-10.7
-10.4
-9.2
-7.5
-1.8
1.9
Permanent placement talent
solutions
-13.2
-11.3
-5.8
-5.9
6.0
8.1
-13.2
-11.4
-5.5
-5.7
6.3
7.5
Total talent solutions
-11.0
-10.4
-9.0
-7.4
-1.1
3.2
-11.0
-10.5
-8.8
-7.3
-0.8
2.6
Protiviti
-0.7
-5.5
-5.9
-6.4
-5.8
-3.9
-0.7
-5.6
-5.6
-6.3
-5.5
-4.5
Total
-7.4
-8.6
-7.9
-7.1
-2.9
0.5
-7.4
-8.7
-7.6
-6.9
-2.5
-0.1
International
Contract talent solutions
-12.5
-9.7
-4.0
4.3
-0.1
-1.1
-12.9
-12.4
-8.7
-3.4
-3.5
-1.1
Permanent placement talent
solutions
-10.6
-9.0
-3.5
5.7
-4.8
1.3
-11.2
-11.2
-7.0
-0.9
-7.1
1.6
Total talent solutions
-12.2
-9.6
-3.9
4.5
-0.9
-0.7
-12.6
-12.2
-8.4
-3.0
-4.1
-0.7
Protiviti
13.1
11.1
14.7
16.0
-1.2
0.8
10.7
7.5
9.1
8.1
-3.1
1.9
Total
-5.3
-3.8
1.8
8.1
-1.0
-0.2
-6.3
-6.7
-3.0
0.4
-3.8
0.1
(1)
Service revenues for finance and accounting, administrative and customer support, and technology include intersegment revenues, which represent revenues from services provided to Protiviti in connection with the Company's blended business solutions. Intersegment revenues for each functional specialization are aggregated and then eliminated as a single line item.
The non-GAAP financial measures included in the table above adjust for the following items:
Billing Days. The "As Reported" revenue growth rates are based upon reported revenues. Management calculates the billing day impact by dividing each comparative period's reported revenues by the number of billing days for that period to arrive at a per billing day amount. Same billing day growth rates are then calculated based on the per billing day amounts. Management calculates a global, weighted-average number of billing days for each reporting period based upon input from all countries and all functional specializations and segments.
Foreign Currency Translation. The "As Reported" revenue growth rates are based upon reported revenues, which include the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The foreign currency impact is calculated by retranslating current-period international revenues, using foreign currency exchange rates from the prior year's comparable period.
The term "As Adjusted" means that the impact of different billing days and constant currency fluctuations are removed from the revenue growth rate calculation. A reconciliation of the non-GAAP year-over-year revenue growth rates to the "As Reported" year-over-year revenue growth rates is included herein, on Pages 10-12.
SANTA BARBARA, Calif., Oct. 22, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- AppFolio, Inc. (NASDAQ: APPF) ("AppFolio" or the "Company"), a technology leader powering the future of the real estate industry, today announced its financial results for the third quarter ended September 30, 2026.
“Q3 reflects the strength and durability of our business, as new and existing customers continue to adopt our performance platform," said Shane Trigg, Chairman and CEO. "The promise of Real Estate Performance Management is helping create a future of winning with our customers, turning performance into a competitive advantage that compounds over time."
Financial Highlights for Third Quarter of 2026
Revenue grew 19% year-over-year to $296 million.Total units under management grew 8% year-over-year to 9.8 million.GAAP operating income grew 64% to $57 million, or 19.4% of revenue, compared to $35 million, or 14.1% of revenue in Q3 2025.Non-GAAP operating income grew 38% to $81 million, or 27.3% of revenue, compared to $59 million, or 23.5% of revenue in Q3 2025.Net cash provided by operating activities was $97 million, or 32.7% of revenue, compared to $86 million, or 34.5% of revenue in Q3 2025. Financial Outlook
Based on information available as of October 22, 2026, AppFolio's outlook for fiscal year 2026 follows:
Full year revenue range is increasing to $1.122 - $1.127 billion.Full year non-GAAP operating margin range as a percentage of revenue is now 26.5% - 27.5%.Diluted weighted average shares outstanding are expected to be approximately 36 million for the full year. Conference Call Information
As previously announced, the Company will host a conference call today, October 22, 2026, at 2:00 p.m. Pacific Time (PT), 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time (ET), to discuss the Company’s third quarter financial results. A live webcast of the call will be available at: https://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/jcjgqabv. To access the call by phone, please go to the following link: https://register-conf.media-server.com/register/BI59a3520d44444834b693d21914243efb, and you will be provided with dial-in details. A replay of the webcast will also be available for a limited time on AppFolio’s Investor Relations website at https://ir.appfolioinc.com/news-events/events.
The Company also provides announcements regarding its financial results and other matters, including SEC filings, investor events, and press releases, on its Investor Relations website at https://ir.appfolioinc.com/, as a means of disclosing material nonpublic information and for complying with AppFolio's disclosure obligations under Regulation FD.
About AppFolio
AppFolio is a technology leader powering the future of the real estate industry. Our innovative platform and trusted partnership enable our customers to connect communities, increase operational efficiency, and grow their business. For more information about AppFolio, visit ir.appfolioinc.com.
Investor Relations Contact:
Lori Barker
[email protected]
Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Reconciliations of current and historical non-GAAP financial measures to AppFolio’s financial results as determined in accordance with GAAP are included at the end of this press release following the accompanying financial data. For a description of these non-GAAP financial measures, including the reasons management uses each measure, please see the section of the tables entitled “Statement Regarding the Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
AppFolio is unable, at this time, to provide GAAP equivalent guidance measures on a forward-looking basis for non-GAAP operating margin because certain items that impact this measure are uncertain, out of our control, or cannot be reasonably predicted, such as charges related to stock-based compensation expense. The effect of these excluded items may be significant.
Forward-Looking Statements
This press release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which statements are subject to considerable risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not statements of historical fact contained in this press release, and can be identified by words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “potential,” “future’” “predicts, “projects,” “target,” “seeks,” “contemplates,” “should,” “will,” “would” or similar expressions and the negatives of those expressions. In particular, forward-looking statements contained in this press release relate to future operating results and financial position, including the Company's fiscal year 2026 financial outlook, anticipated future expenses and investments, the Company's business opportunities, the impact of the Company's strategic actions and initiatives, the potential benefits and effect of AI and its impact on the Company’s plans, objectives, expectations and capabilities.
Forward-looking statements represent AppFolio's current beliefs and expectations based on information currently available and speak only as of the date the statement is made. Forward-looking statements are subject to numerous known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the Company's actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. The risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the Company's actual results, performance or achievements to materially differ from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements include those risks, uncertainties and other factors described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, which was filed with the SEC on February 5, 2026, as such risk factors may be updated from time to time in our subsequent filings with the SEC, and the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in the Company’s most recently filed Annual Report on Form 10-K or Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, as well as in the Company's other filings with the SEC. You should read this press release with the understanding that the Company's actual future results may be materially different from the results expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.
The Company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this press release to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this press release or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(UNAUDITED)
(in thousands)
September 30,
2026 December 31,
2025Assets Current assets Cash and cash equivalents $258,536 $106,967Investment securities—current 48,740 144,256Accounts receivable, net 52,535 36,873Prepaid expenses and other current assets 47,561 65,218Total current assets 407,372 353,314Property and equipment, net 20,316 23,228Operating lease right-of-use assets 14,227 15,924Capitalized software development costs, net 11,122 11,324Goodwill 96,410 96,410Intangible assets, net 31,153 38,826Deferred income taxes 32,210 58,823Long-term investments 87,668 77,033Other long-term assets 15,193 14,085Total assets $715,671 $688,967Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity Current liabilities Accounts payable $5,656 $4,123Accrued employee expenses 43,071 59,774Accrued expenses 28,679 20,829Other current liabilities 24,476 22,121Total current liabilities 101,882 106,847Operating lease liabilities 24,876 33,287Other liabilities 6,399 6,254Total liabilities 133,157 146,388Stockholders’ equity 582,514 542,579Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $715,671 $688,967 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(UNAUDITED)
(in thousands, except per share amounts) Three Months Ended
September 30, Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2026 2025 2026 2025Revenue(1)$295,691 $249,353 $839,029 $702,630Costs and operating expenses: Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)(2) 105,580 91,476 303,150 254,801Sales and marketing(2) 48,623 35,912 130,068 103,745Research and product development(2) 53,128 54,037 153,754 144,469General and administrative(2) 25,953 27,446 75,920 72,733Depreciation and amortization 4,996 5,436 15,001 17,541Total costs and operating expenses 238,280 214,307 677,893 593,289Income from operations 57,411 35,046 161,136 109,341Other (loss) income, net (1) (4) 567 41Interest income, net 2,204 1,690 5,423 6,109Income before provision for income taxes 59,614 36,732 167,126 115,491Provision for income taxes 13,636 3,086 37,180 14,482Net income$45,978 $33,646 $129,946 $101,009Net income per common share: Basic$1.30 $0.94 $3.66 $2.80Diluted$1.29 $0.93 $3.65 $2.78Weighted average common shares outstanding Basic 35,436 35,889 35,507 36,036Diluted 35,578 36,259 35,616 36,368 (1) The following table presents our revenue categories:
Three Months Ended
September 30, Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2026 2025 2026 2025Subscription Services$61,525 $53,752 $179,547 $155,738Value Added Services 231,948 192,092 652,778 536,943Other 2,218 3,509 6,704 9,949Total revenue$295,691 $249,353 $839,029 $702,630 (2) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:
Three Months Ended
September 30, Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2026 2025 2026 2025Costs and operating expenses: Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)$1,315 $1,241 $3,649 $3,947Sales and marketing 3,586 3,443 10,559 9,336Research and product development 8,839 9,076 25,639 24,182General and administrative 6,860 7,033 19,213 17,998Total stock-based compensation expense$20,600 $20,793 $59,060 $55,463 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(UNAUDITED)
(in thousands) Three Months Ended
September 30, Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2026 2025 2026 2025 Cash from operating activities Net income$45,978 $33,646 $129,946 $101,009 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation and amortization 4,996 5,436 15,001 17,541 Amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets 572 517 1,698 1,525 Gain on lease termination and modification (1,547) — (1,547) — Amortization of costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts, net 3,428 2,768 9,896 8,187 Deferred income taxes 10,609 30,303 26,613 17,118 Stock-based compensation, including as amortized 20,600 20,793 59,060 55,463 Other 3 (233) (520) (1,281)Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Accounts receivable (2,094) (1,803) (16,012) (10,000)Prepaid expenses and other assets 160 (4,251) (9,933) (15,677)Accounts payable 881 894 1,534 1,746 Operating lease liabilities (4,941) (1,075) (7,325) (3,177)Accrued expenses and other liabilities 18,121 (988) 10,257 4,661 Net cash provided by operating activities 96,766 86,007 218,668 177,115 Cash from investing activities Purchases of available-for-sale investments (46,195) (102,541) (92,135) (166,575)Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale investments — — 140,154 202,662 Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale investments 1,810 32,800 47,400 76,620 Purchases of property and equipment (14) (1,336) (242) (1,841)Proceeds from sale of property and equipment 75 — 75 — Capitalization of software development costs (983) (936) (3,537) (2,414)Purchases of long-term investments — — (10,000) (75,000)Cash paid in business acquisition, net of cash acquired — — — (906)Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities (45,307) (72,013) 81,715 32,546 Cash from financing activities Proceeds from stock option exercises and the issuance of common stock under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan 1,084 953 2,082 1,081 Tax withholding for net share settlement (7,228) (12,332) (21,706) (31,430)Purchase of common stock (4,180) — (129,190) (145,723)Net cash used in financing activities (10,324) (11,379) (148,814) (176,072)Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash 41,135 2,615 151,569 33,589 Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash Beginning of period 217,651 73,728 107,217 42,754 End of period$258,786 $76,343 $258,786 $76,343 RECONCILIATION FROM GAAP TO NON-GAAP RESULTS
(UNAUDITED)
(in thousands, except per share data)
Three Months Ended
September 30, Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2026 2025 2026 2025 Costs and operating expenses: GAAP cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)$105,580 $91,476 $303,150 $254,801 Stock-based compensation expense (1,315) (1,241) (3,649) (3,947) Non-GAAP cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)$104,265 $90,235 $299,501 $250,854 GAAP cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) as a percentage of revenue 36% 37% 36% 36% Non-GAAP cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) as a percentage of revenue 35% 36% 36% 36% GAAP sales and marketing$48,623 $35,912 $130,068 $103,745 Stock-based compensation expense (3,586) (3,443) (10,559) (9,336) Non-GAAP sales and marketing$45,037 $32,469 $119,509 $94,409 GAAP sales and marketing as a percentage of revenue 16% 14% 16% 15% Non-GAAP sales and marketing as a percentage of revenue 15% 13% 14% 13% GAAP research and product development$53,128 $54,037 $153,754 $144,469 Stock-based compensation expense (8,839) (9,076) (25,639) (24,182) Non-GAAP research and product development$44,289 $44,961 $128,115 $120,287 GAAP research and product development as a percentage of revenue 18% 22% 18% 21% Non-GAAP research and product development as a percentage of revenue 15% 18% 15% 17% GAAP general and administrative$25,953 $27,446 $75,920 $72,733 Stock-based compensation expense (6,860) (7,033) (19,213) (17,998) Non-GAAP general and administrative$19,093 $20,413 $56,707 $54,735 GAAP general and administrative as a percentage of revenue 9% 11% 9% 10% Non-GAAP general and administrative as a percentage of revenue 6% 8% 7% 8% GAAP depreciation and amortization$4,996 $5,436 $15,001 $17,541 Amortization of stock-based compensation capitalized in software development costs (153) (241) (634) (723) Amortization of purchased intangibles (2,558) (2,558) (7,673) (7,673) Non-GAAP depreciation and amortization$2,285 $2,637 $6,694 $9,145 GAAP depreciation and amortization as a percentage of revenue 2% 2% 2% 2% Non-GAAP depreciation and amortization as a percentage of revenue 1% 1% 1% 1% Three Months Ended
September 30, Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2026 2025 2026 2025 Income from operations: GAAP income from operations$57,411 $35,046 $161,136 $109,341 Stock-based compensation expense 20,600 20,793 59,060 55,463 Amortization of stock-based compensation capitalized in software development costs 153 241 634 723 Amortization of purchased intangibles 2,558 2,558 7,673 7,673 Non-GAAP income from operations$80,722 $58,638 $228,503 $173,200 Operating margin: GAAP operating margin 19.4% 14.1% 19.2% 15.6% Stock-based compensation expense as a percentage of revenue 7.0 8.3 7.0 7.9 Amortization of stock-based compensation capitalized in software development costs as a percentage of revenue — 0.1 0.1 0.1 Amortization of purchased intangibles as a percentage of revenue 0.9 1.0 0.9 1.1 Non-GAAP operating margin 27.3% 23.5% 27.2% 24.7% Net income (loss): GAAP net income$45,978 $33,646 $129,946 $101,009 Stock-based compensation expense 20,600 20,793 59,060 55,463 Amortization of stock-based compensation capitalized in software development costs 153 241 634 723 Amortization of purchased intangibles 2,558 2,558 7,673 7,673 Income tax effect of adjustments (4,608) (9,582) (14,408) (23,182) Non-GAAP net income$64,681 $47,656 $182,905 $141,686 Net income per share, basic: GAAP net income per share, basic$1.30 $0.94 $3.66 $2.80 Non-GAAP adjustments to net income 0.53 0.39 1.49 1.13 Non-GAAP net income per share, basic$1.83 $1.33 $5.15 $3.93 Net income per share, diluted: GAAP net income per share, diluted$1.29 $0.93 $3.65 $2.78 Non-GAAP adjustments to net income 0.53 0.38 1.49 1.12 Non-GAAP net income per share, diluted$1.82 $1.31 $5.14 $3.90 Weighted-average shares used in GAAP and non-GAAP per share calculation Basic 35,436 35,889 35,507 36,036 Diluted 35,578 36,259 35,616 36,368 Statement Regarding the Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We use the following non-GAAP financial measures in addition to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP.
Non-GAAP presentation of income from operations, costs and operating expenses, operating margin, net income, and net income per share. These measures exclude certain non-cash or non-recurring items, including stock-based compensation expense, amortization of stock-based compensation capitalized in software development costs, amortization of purchased intangibles, and the related income tax effect of these adjustments, as applicable and described below. Non-GAAP operating margin is calculated as non-GAAP operating income from operations as a percentage of revenue. We use each of these non-GAAP financial measures internally to assess and compare operating results across reporting periods, for internal budgeting and forecasting purposes, and to evaluate our financial performance. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures also provide useful supplemental information to investors and facilitate the analysis of our operating results and comparison of operating results across reporting periods.
In particular, we believe these non-GAAP financial measures are useful to investors and others in assessing our operating performance due to the following factors:
Stock-based compensation expense and amortization of stock-based compensation capitalized in software development costs. We utilize stock-based compensation to attract and retain employees. It is principally aimed at aligning their interests with those of our stockholders while ensuring long-term retention, rather than to address operational performance for any particular period. As a result, stock-based compensation expenses vary for reasons that are generally unrelated to financial and operational performance in any particular period. Amortization of purchased intangibles. We view amortization of purchased intangible assets as items arising from pre-acquisition activities determined at the time of an acquisition. While these intangible assets are evaluated for impairment regularly, amortization of the cost of purchased intangibles is an expense that is not typically affected by operations during any particular period. Income tax effects of adjustments. We utilize a fixed long-term projected tax rate in our computation of non-GAAP income tax effects to provide better consistency across interim reporting periods. In projecting this long-term non-GAAP tax rate, we utilize a financial projection that excludes the direct impact of other non-GAAP adjustments. The projected rate, which we have determined to be 22% and 21% for 2026 and 2025, respectively, considers other factors such as our current operating structure, existing tax positions in various jurisdictions, and key legislation in major jurisdictions where we operate. We periodically re-evaluate this tax rate, as necessary, for significant events, based on relevant tax law changes, and material changes in the forecasted geographic earnings mix. Our non-GAAP financial measures may not provide information that is directly comparable to that provided by other companies in our industry, as other companies may calculate non-GAAP financial results differently. In addition, there are limitations in using non-GAAP financial measures because non-GAAP financial measures are not prepared in accordance with GAAP and can exclude expenses that may have a material impact on our reported financial results. As such, non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP. A reconciliation of the historical non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP measures has been provided in the tables above. We encourage investors to review the reconciliation of these historical non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.
Rollins čelí zpomalení digitální poptávky v důsledku vyhledávání s využitím AI, ale přímý prodej a partnerství s developery nadále podporují růst. Firma věří, že podnik má potenciál vrátit se k organickému růstovému modelu 7–8 %.
On its third-quarter 2026 earnings conference call, held on Oct. 22, 2026, Rollins (ROL +5.56%) addressed a residential customer acquisition slowdown caused by changing search patterns. Understanding how artificial intelligence affects customer discovery is critical for evaluating whether this pest control leader can protect its long-term market share. Three key statements from management highlight the strategic adjustments underway.
1. Artificial Intelligence Search Algorithms Are Fragmenting Customer DiscoveryTraditional search engines previously directed prospective pest control customers straight to major brand websites. Generative artificial intelligence and large language model (LLM) search tools now deliver variable recommendations across different providers, reducing digital lead volume for residential services.
AI and LLM-driven search are meaningfully changing the way customers discover service providers. With additional data through the third quarter, we clearly see the impact of the changing search landscape, which drove continued deceleration in digital lead flow.
-- Jerry Gahlhoff, President and Chief Executive Officer2. Relationship-Based Channels Provide Insulation Against Search VolatilityWhile digital search traffic decelerated, customer acquisition models built on direct sales, door-to-door outreach, and homebuilder partnerships expanded. These relationship-driven channels bypassed search engine friction entirely, helping the company maintain customer count growth in its residential business.
Brands that utilize relationship-driven customer acquisition channels, including direct sales, door-to-door marketing and homebuilder partnerships, delivered stronger organic growth. HomeTeam and Fox, for example, continued to perform well, leveraging their door-to-door sales forces to deliver growth well above the overall company.
-- Jerry Gahlhoff, President and Chief Executive Officer3. Marketing Strategy Focuses on Channel Optimization Over Expanded SpendingManagement isn't expanding overall marketing budgets to counter search headwinds. Instead, the company is adjusting local content, adding pricing transparency to digital listings, and reallocating ad dollars toward emerging search platforms where returns remain measurable.
Importantly, this is not simply about spending more, but continuously evaluating where our marketing dollars generate the strongest returns and investing behind those opportunities.
-- Jerry Gahlhoff, President and Chief Executive OfficerLooking AheadSearch volatility creates near-term customer friction, yet operational flexibility remains intact across the portfolio. Scale, strong cash generation, and pricing discipline support ongoing digital search optimization.
Our scale, financial flexibility and focus on disciplined execution position us well to adapt to changes in customer discovery while continuing to invest in the capabilities that support long-term growth.
-- Will Harkins, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial OfficerRefining search tactics and sustaining direct-sales models remain critical for protecting core residential revenue. Management is focused on converting local visibility into new account growth.
As we make progress toward that, we continue to believe the business has the potential to return to the organic growth algorithm of 7% to 8%, as outlined at our Investor Day.
-- Will Harkins, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial OfficerThe Motley Fool has positions in and recommends Rollins. The Motley Fool has a disclosure policy.
Strict editorial policy that focuses on accuracy, relevance, and impartiality
Created by industry experts and meticulously reviewed
The highest standards in reporting and publishing
Strict editorial policy that focuses on accuracy, relevance, and impartiality
Morbi pretium leo et nisl aliquam mollis. Quisque arcu lorem, ultricies quis pellentesque nec, ullamcorper eu odio.
Geneva, Switzerland, October 22, 2026 — TRON reinforced its position as a leading blockchain network for stablecoin settlement in the third quarter of 2026, with trillions in transaction volume, record USDT supply, growing payment card adoption, and the debut of the first U.S. spot staked TRX exchange-traded fund (ETF), according to independent research reports from CoinDesk Data and Nansen.
CoinDesk
CoinDesk’s TRON Network Quarterly Report: Q3 2026 provides a technical assessment of the TRON network from July to September 2026. The findings span network and ecosystem developments, core on-chain metrics, and DeFi activity across lending and decentralized exchanges (DEX).
Key Insights from CoinDesk:
Stablecoin Settlement: TRON accounted for approximately 73% of stablecoin transfer volume at the end of Q3 2026, the highest share among blockchain networks. Stablecoin Market Share & USDT Growth: USDT on TRON reached an all-time high of just over $92.7 billion in Q3 2026, lifting TRON’s share of the total USDT market to a 2026 high of 50.6% in mid-September. TRON’s share of total stablecoin market capitalization also rose to 30.2%. Crypto-Card Payments & DeFi Activity: TRON ranked first among chains by crypto-card payment volume in Q3 2026, capturing a 27.5% share worth approximately $638 million as total card volumes grew 60.5% QoQ to $2.32 billion. Total value locked (TVL) on the network rose 26.6% QoQ to $5.7 billion with lending the largest sector at 68%, and JustLend active loans up from $127M to $199M. Read the full report from CoinDesk here.
Nansen
Nansen’s TRON Quarterly Report: Q3 2026 examines the network’s settlement scale and on-chain behavior over the quarter. It covers stablecoin settlement volume, transaction and address activity, institutional developments, and how users and transactions are distributed across labeled entities on TRON.
Key Insights from Nansen:
Stablecoin Settlement at Scale: TRON settled $2.21 trillion in stablecoins in Q3 2026, with average daily settlement rising 3.9% to $24.05 billion. Cumulative transaction volume on the network also surpassed $30 trillion as of September 23. User Growth & On-Chain Activity: TRON’s user base continued to grow in Q3 2026, with average rolling monthly active addresses up 9.8% QoQ to 18 million, while the network processed an average of 11.68 million successful transactions per day. Expanded Institutional Access: Canary Capital launched the Canary Staked TRX ETF (TRXS), the first U.S. spot staked TRX ETF, on September 9, and TRON DAO rang the Cboe closing bell on September 29 to mark its debut. Anchorage Digital also added native TRX staking and TRC-20 custody as the second phase of its TRON integration. Read the full report from Nansen here.
Across both reports, TRON’s third quarter showed a network growing in volume and in reach at the same time. Stablecoin settlement continued to climb, everyday spending through crypto cards accelerated, and new regulated products gave institutions a direct path to TRX. With that foundation in place, TRON enters the final quarter of 2026 as a settlement network that is increasingly accessible to retail users and institutions alike.
About TRON DAO
TRON DAO is a community-governed DAO dedicated to accelerating the decentralization of the internet via blockchain technology and dApps.
Founded in September 2017, the TRON blockchain has experienced significant growth since its MainNet launch in May 2018. Today, TRON hosts the largest circulating supply of USD Tether (USDT) stablecoin, which currently exceeds $94 billion. As of October 2026, the TRON blockchain has recorded over 410 million in total user accounts, more than 15 billion in total transactions, and over $28 billion in total value locked (TVL), based on TRONSCAN. Recognized as the global settlement layer for stablecoin transactions and everyday purchases with proven success, TRON is “Moving Trillions, Empowering Billions.”
TRONNetwork | TRONDAO | X | YouTube | Telegram | Discord | Reddit | GitHub | Medium | Forum
Media Contact
Yeweon Park
[email protected]
Disclaimer: The information found on NewsBTC is for educational purposes only. It does not represent the opinions of NewsBTC on whether to buy, sell or hold any investments and naturally investing carries risks. You are advised to conduct your own research before making any investment decisions. Use information provided on this website entirely at your own risk.
TL;DRJenner is scheduled for BSC testnet on October 28, 2026.Node operators must upgrade before activation.Changes include Payment Lane and millisecond timestamps.Jenner enables functionality for a new Compliant Asset Standard (CAS20)The Jenner hard fork introduces changes to payment capacity, native asset controls, and the timestamp information available to smart contracts on BNB Smart Chain (BSC).
Validators, node operators, block builders, and application developers should review the changes and prepare for testnet activation. This notice covers the upgrade requirements, included proposals, and compatibility checks.
Upgrade Scheduled & Required ActionJenner is scheduled for testnet on October 28, 2026. Confirmed mainnet timing will be announced separately.
All BSC nodes must run a compatible client release before their network’s activation. Check the release instructions for your client and network, including the exact activation time, before scheduling the upgrade.
For Chapel testnet operators using Reth, reth-bsc v0.1.3 is available for Jenner. Review its RPC compatibility changes before replacing the binary and restarting. Operators using the BSC Geth client should follow the release instructions for that client.
The official Jenner upgrade notice provides the reference for rollout updates and upgrade information.
What Changes in JennerPayment Lane: Reserved capacity for eligible paymentsBEP-703 introduces Payment Lane, which reserves 5% of each block’s gas capacity for qualifying payment transactions by default. Governance can adjust that share up to a protocol maximum of 10%.
Eligible payments include nonzero BNB transfers to accounts without code and eligible transactions sent to governance-listed payment contracts. The contract list starts empty, so stablecoins and CAS20 tokens require separate governance approval to qualify.
Payments can compete for capacity beyond the reserved share. General transactions cannot use unused payment capacity. Existing fee and transaction-ordering rules remain in place, and the reservation does not guarantee inclusion for an individual payment.
Payment providers should review the transaction eligibility rules. Block builders must account for the reservation when constructing blocks.
CAS20: Native asset controls, coming soonBEP-702 introduces the Compliant Asset Standard, CAS20, for assets such as stablecoins and tokenized real-world assets. It provides protocol-native token functionality with transfer policies, allowlists and blocklists, pausing, and separate mint, burn, and seizure roles.
Jenner includes the underlying capability. Token creation and policy-registry updates require separate activation by a governance-appointed administrator. CAS20 retains BEP-20 selector and event compatibility; its technical controls do not themselves establish legal compliance.
CAS20 is coming soon. A separate announcement will cover its availability, functionality, and integration details.
Millisecond timestamps for smart contractsBEP-706 adds a precompile at address 0x70 that returns the executing block’s timestamp in milliseconds. Applications can use it for timing-sensitive logic such as quote expiry, auction cutoffs, and price-feed freshness checks.
Contracts must explicitly call the precompile to use it. Existing block.timestamp behavior remains in seconds.
The change exposes finer timing precision already present in block headers. It does not change block speed or provide stronger timing guarantees than the existing validator-supplied block timestamp.
RPC compatibility & block builder updatesReth operators and teams using its RPC endpoints should review a compatibility change in reth-bsc v0.1.3. It applies immediately after upgrading, including before Jenner activates.
For eth_call, eth_estimateGas, debug_traceCall, and eth_simulateV1, a supplied blockOverrides.prevRandao must encode the millisecond remainder, from 0 to 999, as a 32-byte hex value. The time field remains in seconds. Overriding only time resets the millisecond remainder to zero.
The release also includes BEP-675 improvements to builder-proposed blocks: binary BidBlock submission over gRPC, stronger validation, and builder revocations that persist across restarts. These accompanying client improvements do not require a hard fork.
Review the Reth release notes for the full compatibility details.
Prepare for Testnet ActivationValidators and node operators: Check the applicable client release and activation time, review compatibility changes, and complete the upgrade before activation.MEV block builders: Verify Payment Lane gas accounting and review the updated BidBlock submission interfaces.Application developers and integrators: Check affected RPC overrides and test millisecond timestamp integration where relevant. Payment teams should verify eligibility rules, while CAS20 integrations should account for separate feature activation.Use the Jenner upgrade notice and your client’s release notes to track confirmed rollout details.
U.S. Bank provedla reálný přeshraniční převod svého dolarového stablecoinu USBDC mezi severoamerickou a evropskou entitou prostřednictvím veřejného blockchainu Stellar ($XLM). Šlo o interní test, nikoli o platbu klienta.
U.S. Bank completed a live cross-border transfer of its USBDC dollar-backed stablecoin on the Stellar network ($XLM) between its North American and European entities.
U.S. Bank has completed a live cross-border payment using USBDC, its proprietary dollar-backed stablecoin, on the public Stellar blockchain ($XLM). According to the bank's filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, the pilot moved funds between U.S. Bank entities in North America and Europe and demonstrated the potential for 24/7 transactions.
The bank, the fifth-largest commercial lender in the United States, said the deployment ran on @StellarOrg while staying connected to its existing finance, risk, compliance and operations systems. LeapRate reported that U.S. Bank described USBDC as one of the first bank-issued stablecoins deployed on a public blockchain.
An internal treasury transfer, not a client paymentThe transaction was an intra-group movement of funds. Ledger Insights noted that it was not a client payment, which points to corporate treasury and the bank's own liquidity rather than consumer use.
That limits what the result shows. CryptoSlate said both ends of the payment stayed inside U.S. Bank's corporate structure, so the test did not involve settlement with an outside bank, merchant or retail customer.
The bank has not disclosed the amount moved or a commercial rollout date, according to crypto.news. It also did not announce public access to USBDC.
What the pilot testedBeyond the transfer itself, the exercise evaluated several issuer functions. The bank's filing says the pilot validated its internally developed Digital Asset Platform and assessed minting, payment redemption, freezing and clawbacks.
Stellar's own write-up says the effort follows an announcement last November that U.S. Bank was testing custom stablecoin issuance on the network. At that stage, Ledger Insights reported, the bank was building issuance capability rather than running live transactions.
U.S. Bank CEO Gunjan Kedia said the pilot shows the bank can speed up global cash management and money movement for clients within a regulated banking framework, per LeapRate. The bank is exploring liquidity management, collateral mobility and cross-border treasury uses as next steps, crypto.news reported.
For now, the pilot is a proof of concept for how a regulated U.S. bank can use a public network while keeping issuer controls in place, rather than a commercial stablecoin product.
SourcesU.S. Bancorp Form 8-K, third-quarter 2026 earnings release (SEC)
Stellar: A Bank-Issued Stablecoin Moves Real Money on Stellar
Ledger Insights: US Bank completes live cross border pilot of USBDC stablecoin
Comcast dokončí vyčlenění NBCUniversal do poloviny roku 2027; samostatnou společnost NBCUniversal povede Mike Cavanagh. Ve čtvrtém čtvrtletí společnost zaúčtuje v divizi konektivity restrukturalizační náklad ve výši 1 miliardy USD.
Comcast chairman and Co-CEO Brian Roberts said staffers are eagerly anticipating the forthcoming split of NBCUniversal from the company’s broadband, pay-TV and wireless division.
“Really, there’s an energy and excitement with the proposed separation in both organizations,” Roberts told Wall Street analysts Thursday at the end of the company’s third-quarter earnings call. “We spent years building these businesses, and as the industry transforms itself, we’re meeting the moment.”
The remarks followed the release of strong quarterly results, with revenue and earnings beating analysts’ expectations despite a 6% downturn in revenue due to pressure squeezing all broadband purveyors. NBCU powered the report on the July-to-September period, with record-breaking box office from The Odyssey and booming viewership and ad revenue of the World Cup.
The split is expected to be completed by the middle of 2027, setting up NBCU as its own stand-alone entity to be run by Comcast co-CEO Mike Cavanagh. It will unlock a number of strategic options for the entertainment giant, while its Philadelphia-based sibling will be in restructuring mode as it adjusts for competition from satellite operators including Elon Musk’s Starlink. Comcast said it is taking a $1 billion charge in the current fourth quarter related to restructuring in the connectivity division, with that overhaul include an as-yet-unspecified number of layoffs.
On the NBCU end, Roberts said he and his management colleagues are “really pleased with Peacock,” which recorded its second straight quarter of profitability thanks to Spanish-language World Cup telecasts and Love Island USA.
Roberts said the streamer’s “open architecture and some of the relationships we’re gonna be able to have really gives us a unique place in the market.” As with a recent distribution agreement reached with Google and YouTube, NBCU and Peacock after the split will be “working with, hopefully, everybody,” the exec added.
Earlier in the call, Cavanagh said the company is “well into the execution phase” of the split, which includes “building the stand-alone public company infrastructure.” The pattern was established two years ago with the Versant spinoff, which was proposed in late 2024 and completed a year later ahead of Versant’s January IPO.
“While there is still significant work ahead, we have a clear path to completion and remain focused on creating two companies with a strategic flexibility, financial strength, and leadership to compete and grow independently,” Cavanagh said. “And we have tremendous confidence in the future of both companies. Each has significant structural advantages, a strong competitive position, and substantial opportunities for long term growth and value creation.”
Southfield, Michigan, Oct. 22, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Credit Acceptance Corporation (Nasdaq: CACC) (referred to as the “Company”, “Credit Acceptance”, “we”, “our”, or “us”) announced today that we expect to issue a news release with our third quarter 2026 earnings on Thursday, October 29, 2026, after the market closes. A webcast is scheduled for Thursday, October 29, 2026, at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time to discuss third quarter 2026 earnings.
Conference Call and Webcast Information:
Date: Thursday, October 29, 2026
Time: 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time
Telephone Access:
Only persons accessing the webcast by telephone will be able to pose questions to the presenters during the webcast. To participate by telephone, you must pre-register using the following link:
or through the link posted on the “Investor Relations” section of our website at ir.creditacceptance.com. Upon registering you will be provided with the dial-in number and a unique PIN to access the webcast by telephone.
Webcast Access:
The webcast can also be accessed live by visiting the “Investor Relations” section of our website at ir.creditacceptance.com.
Additionally, a replay and transcript of the webcast will be archived in the “Investor Relations” section of our website.
Description of Credit Acceptance Corporation
We make vehicle ownership possible by providing innovative financing solutions that enable automobile dealers to sell vehicles to consumers regardless of their credit history. Our financing programs are offered through a nationwide network of automobile dealers who benefit from sales of vehicles to consumers who otherwise could not obtain financing; from repeat and referral sales generated by these same customers; and from sales to customers responding to advertisements for our financing programs, but who actually end up qualifying for traditional financing.
Without our financing programs, consumers are often unable to purchase vehicles or they purchase unreliable ones. Further, as we report to the three national credit reporting agencies, an important ancillary benefit of our programs is that we provide consumers with an opportunity to improve their lives by improving their credit score and move on to more traditional sources of financing. Credit Acceptance is publicly traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol CACC. For more information, visit creditacceptance.com.
LG CNS navázala partnerství se společností Chainlink v oblasti infrastruktury pro stablecoiny, tokenizované cenné papíry a propojení blockchainů určené korejským bankám a finančním institucím.
LG CNS, LG Group’s South Korean IT-service arm, is teaming up with Chainlink to develop digital asset infrastructure for local banks and financial institutions. The move targets stablecoins, tokenized securities and interoperability between blockchain networks, the companies said Thursday.
As part of the partnership, LG CNS will incorporate Chainlink’s oracle and cross-chain technology into its digital asset platform solutions for Korean institutions. The companies also plan to support the adoption and distribution of Korean stablecoins in a market with more than 11 million eligible users.
South Korea is one of the world’s most active digital asset markets, with technical and regulatory initiatives advancing. According to Chainalysis, the country’s crypto economy grew about 12% to $449 billion between July 2025 and June 2026, outpacing other East Asian markets.
LG CNS supports financial institutions in building blockchain-based digital asset services that integrate with existing financial infrastructure. The company is the lead contractor for Project Hangang, a Bank of Korea initiative focused on digital currency systems and bank participation.
“By combining LG CNS’s institutional expertise with Chainlink’s technology standards, this partnership establishes the foundation for compliant digital asset infrastructure in Korea,” Johann Eid, Chief Business Officer at Chainlink Labs, said. “Together, LG and Chainlink are providing Korean institutions with a secure and reliable foundation for moving tokenized money across systems and networks.”
Chainlink and LG CNS will work on technical standards for South Korea’s digital asset market, which could help financial institutions build systems that can support regulated digital assets and work across different networks.
“Korea’s financial infrastructure is entering the tokenization era. LG CNS is committed to leading this transition, and together with Chainlink, we aim to accelerate the growth of Korea’s tokenized securities market by enabling secure interoperability and real-world data, while creating a foundation for global expansion,” Hongkeun Kim, Executive Vice President and Head of the Digital Business Division at LG CNS, said.
LG CNS has developed blockchain-based financial infrastructure since 2015 and recently introduced KITL, a platform for institutional digital asset use cases.
The company has also partnered with the Canton Foundation to promote institutional adoption of the Canton Network in South Korea, including work with local banks and financial institutions.
Disclosure: This article was edited by Vivian Nguyen. For more information on how we create and review content, see our Editorial Policy.
Decentralizovaná burza Extended dokončila migraci ze Starknetu na síť Circle Arc s TVL kolem 120 milionů USD. Pro obchodování perpetuálních kontraktů nyní přijímá USDC a cirBTC jako zajištění.
Extended, a decentralized exchange built around perpetual contracts, has fully moved to Arc. Trading is live, with USDC and cirBTC as the accepted collateral.
How the move went down The migration took place on October 22, 2026, at 13:00 UTC. Extended shifted its settlement infrastructure from Starknet to Arc, carrying approximately $120 million in total value locked (TVL) with it.
Open positions and orders came along intact. Traders did not need to close out and rebuild their books on the other side.
Deposits and withdrawals did pause briefly during the transition. Both have since been restored.
The collateral menu changed, though. On Arc, Extended now accepts native USDC as its main collateral and cirBTC as its Bitcoin collateral asset.
cirBTC is a token issued by Circle and backed 1:1 by Bitcoin.
Two familiar assets did not survive the trip. USDT and wBTC are not supported on Arc.
Users holding more than $1 of USDT or wBTC had to act by October 21, 2026. They could either withdraw or convert into USDC or cirBTC at a 1:1 rate plus a 0.50% premium.
ETH holders got off easier. Their balances converted automatically to wETH during the migration.
What Arc brings to the table Arc is Circle’s EVM-compatible Layer 1 blockchain. The network launched its mainnet on September 16, 2026. Extended’s arrival comes roughly five weeks later.
Arc offers sub-second deterministic finality. Gas fees on Arc are paid in USDC.
The validator lineup includes founding validators such as BlackRock, DTCC, ICE, Visa, and Mastercard.
Extended also gains access to Circle’s Cross-Chain Transfer Protocol (CCTP). CCTP lets USDC move natively between blockchains, rather than relying on wrapped versions issued by third-party bridges.
The Circle partnership and Extended’s track record The migration is described as the first step in a broader partnership between Extended and Circle.
Extended reports more than $200 billion in lifetime trading volume across multiple asset classes, including traditional stocks and digital currencies.
What this means for traders and the perps market For existing Extended users, the immediate changes are practical. Collateral options narrowed to USDC and cirBTC, and anyone still holding USDT or wBTC had to make a decision before the October 21 deadline.
The 0.50% conversion premium sweetened that deal. Exchanges rarely pay users to switch assets, so the incentive suggests Extended wanted the collateral base consolidated quickly and cleanly.
The things to track from here: whether TVL grows beyond the approximately $120 million that made the trip, how cirBTC adoption develops as Bitcoin collateral, and what the next phase of the Extended and Circle partnership actually delivers.
Disclosure: This article was edited by John Chen. For more information on how we create and review content, see our Editorial Policy.
Wintrust schválil čtvrtletní hotovostní dividendu ve výši 0,55 USD na kmenovou akcii, splatnou 19. listopadu 2026 akcionářům evidovaným k 5. listopadu 2026.
ROSEMONT, Ill., Oct. 22, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- The Board of Directors of Wintrust Financial Corporation (“Wintrust” or the “Company”) (Nasdaq: WTFC) has approved a quarterly cash dividend of $0.55 per share of outstanding common stock. The dividend is payable on November 19, 2026, to shareholders of record as of November 5, 2026.
Additionally, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a cash dividend on outstanding shares of the Company’s 7.875% Fixed-Rate Reset Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series F. The dividend is payable on January 15, 2027, to shareholders of record as of January 1, 2027.
About Wintrust
Wintrust is a financial holding company with $76.0 billion in assets whose common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market. Guided by its “Different Approach, Better Results®” philosophy, Wintrust offers the sophisticated resources of a large bank while providing a community banking experience to each customer. Wintrust operates more than 200 retail banking locations through 16 community bank subsidiaries in the greater Chicago, southern Wisconsin, west Michigan, northwest Indiana, and southwest Florida market areas. In addition, Wintrust operates various non-bank business units, providing residential mortgage origination, wealth management, commercial and life insurance premium financing, short-term accounts receivable financing/outsourced administrative services to the temporary staffing services industry, and qualified intermediary services for tax-deferred exchanges. For more information, please visit wintrust.com.
Forward-Looking Information
This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. Investors are cautioned that such statements are predictions and that actual events or results may differ materially. Wintrust's expected financial results or other plans are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties. For a discussion of such risks and uncertainties, which could cause actual results to differ from those contained in the forward-looking statements, see "Risk Factors" and the forward-looking statement disclosure contained in Wintrust's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the most recently ended fiscal year and in Wintrust’s subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made and Wintrust undertakes no duty to update the information.
FOR MORE INFORMATION CONTACT:
David A. Dykstra, Vice Chairman & Chief Operating Officer
(847) 939-9000
Amy Yuhn, Executive Vice President, Communications
(847) 939-9591
Website address: www.wintrust.com
Představenstvo společnosti The J.M. Smucker Co. schválilo čtvrtletní dividendu ve výši 1,12 USD na akcii, splatnou 1. prosince 2026 akcionářům evidovaným k 13. listopadu 2026.
, /PRNewswire/ -- The J.M. Smucker Co. (NYSE: SJM) today announced its Board of Directors approved a $1.12 per share dividend on the common shares of the Company. The dividend will be paid on Tuesday, December 1, 2026, to shareholders of record at the close of business on Friday, November 13, 2026.
About The J.M. Smucker Co.
At The J.M. Smucker Co., it is our privilege to make food people and pets love by offering a diverse family of brands available across North America. We are proud to lead in the coffee, peanut butter, fruit spreads, frozen handheld, sweet baked goods, dog snacks, and cat food categories by offering brands consumers trust for themselves and their families each day, including Folgers®, Dunkin'®, Café Bustelo®, Jif®, Uncrustables®, Smucker's®, Hostess®, Milk-Bone®, and Meow Mix®. Through our unwavering commitment to producing quality products, operating responsibly and ethically and delivering on our Purpose, we will continue to grow our business while making a positive impact on society. For more information, please visit jmsmucker.com.
The J.M. Smucker Co. is the owner of all trademarks referenced herein, except for Dunkin'®, which is a trademark of DD IP Holder LLC. The Dunkin'® brand is licensed to The J.M. Smucker Co. for packaged coffee products sold in retail channels such as grocery stores, mass merchandisers, club stores, e-commerce and drug stores, and in certain away from home channels. This information does not pertain to products for sale in Dunkin'® restaurants.
Highwoods Properties vyplatí čtvrtletní dividendu ve výši 0,50 USD na kmenovou akcii, což v přepočtu na rok činí 2,00 USD. Dividenda je splatná 8. prosince akcionářům zapsaným v evidenci k 16. listopadu.
RALEIGH, N.C., Oct. 22, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Highwoods Properties, Inc. (NYSE:HIW) announces its Board of Directors has declared a cash dividend of $0.50 per share of common stock for the quarter ended September 30, 2026, which equates to an annualized dividend of $2.00 per share. This quarterly dividend is payable on December 8, 2026 to all holders of record as of November 16, 2026.
The Board also declared a cash dividend of $21.5625 per share of the Company’s 8 5/8% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock. The dividend is payable on November 30, 2026 which is the next regularly scheduled dividend payment date, to all holders of record as of November 16, 2026.
About Highwoods
Highwoods Properties, Inc., headquartered in Raleigh, is a publicly-traded (NYSE:HIW), fully-integrated office real estate investment trust (“REIT”) that owns, develops, acquires, leases and manages properties primarily in the best business districts (BBDs) of Atlanta, Charlotte, Dallas, Nashville, Orlando, Raleigh and Tampa. Our vision is to be a leader in the evolution of commercial real estate for the benefit of our customers, our communities and those who invest with us. Our mission is to create environments and experiences that inspire our teammates and our customers to achieve more together. We are in the work-placemaking business and believe that by creating exceptional environments and experiences, we can deliver greater value to our customers, their teammates and, in turn, our shareholders. For more information about Highwoods, please visit our website at www.highwoods.com.
Contact:Brendan Maiorana Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer [email protected] 919-872-4924
, /PRNewswire/ -- Boyd Gaming Corporation (NYSE: BYD) today reported financial results for the third quarter ended September 30, 2026.
Keith Smith, President and Chief Executive Officer of Boyd Gaming, said, "Our third-quarter performance continued to highlight the benefits of our diversified business model, the ongoing strength of our core customer and the appeal of our property investments nationwide. During the quarter, our results reflected continued growth in our Midwest & South segment, increased play from southern Nevada residents, and strong gains in both our Online and Managed operations. And while quarterly results were impacted by increased softness in destination business to Las Vegas, primarily affecting our Orleans property, we are encouraged by the continued strength of the remainder of our Las Vegas Locals portfolio and the performance of our Midwest & South segment. Finally, we maintained our balanced approach to capital allocation during the third quarter, investing in growth across our portfolio while returning nearly $180 million to our shareholders through share repurchases and dividends. With our robust free cash flow, strong balance sheet and efficient operating model, our Company is well-positioned to continue creating long-term value for our shareholders."
Boyd Gaming reported third-quarter 2026 revenues of $990.5 million, compared to $1.0 billion in the third quarter of 2025. The Company reported net income of $124.9 million, or $1.71 per share, for the third quarter of 2026, compared to $1.4 billion, or $17.81 per share, for the year-ago period. The Company's net income for the third quarter of 2025 benefited from a $1.4 billion after tax gain from the sale of the Company's equity interest in FanDuel, and was impacted by $65.1 million in non-cash, pretax long-lived asset impairment charges.
Total Adjusted EBITDAR(1) was $319.6 million in the third quarter of 2026 versus $321.8 million in the third quarter of 2025. Adjusted Earnings(1) for the third quarter of 2026 were $121.7 million, or $1.67 per share, compared to $139.1 million, or $1.72 per share, for the same period in 2025.
(1) See footnotes at the end of the release for additional information relative to non-GAAP financial measures.
Operations Review
During the third quarter, results in the Midwest & South segment were impacted by the closure of Sam's Town Tunica in November 2025, the sale of Sam's Town Shreveport in August 2026, and higher property taxes at Kansas Star. Adjusting for these items, Midwest & South revenues increased nearly 3% and Adjusted EBITDAR grew approximately 2.5% during the third quarter. Continued growth in play from core and retail customers and benefits from recent capital investments drove increases in adjusted gaming revenue in the Midwest & South segment. In the Company's Las Vegas Locals segment, results reflected increased softness in Las Vegas destination business, primarily at the Orleans, as well as construction disruption at the Suncoast; however, the remainder of the properties in this segment achieved revenue and Adjusted EBITDAR growth of 3%, with gaming revenue gains of 3.5%, highlighted by increased play from southern Nevada residents. Downtown Las Vegas results were impacted by increased softness in Las Vegas destination business, declines in Hawaiian visitation due to several major storms in Hawaii and higher airfares during the quarter.
The Online segment and Managed & Other both continued to grow during the third quarter. Double-digit Adjusted EBITDAR growth in the Online segment was driven by continued strength in the Company's online casino gaming business. Growth in Managed & Other reflected increased management fees from Sky River following its recently completed expansion.
Dividend and Share Repurchase Update
Boyd Gaming paid a quarterly cash dividend of $0.20 per share on October 15, 2026, as previously announced.
As part of its ongoing share repurchase program, the Company repurchased $164 million in shares of its common stock during the third quarter of 2026. The Company had $387 million remaining under its current share repurchase authorization as of September 30, 2026.
Balance Sheet Statistics
As of September 30, 2026, Boyd Gaming had cash on hand of $297.2 million, and total debt of $2.7 billion.
Conference Call Information
Boyd Gaming will host a conference call to discuss its third-quarter 2026 results today, October 22, at 5:00 p.m. Eastern. The conference call number is (866) 652-5200, passcode 629480. Please call up to 15 minutes in advance to ensure you are connected prior to the start of the call.
The conference call will also be available online at https://investors.boydgaming.com or https://app.webinar.net/7XDKZDdZVE2.
Following the call's completion, a replay will be available by dialing (855) 669-9658 today, October 22, and continuing through Thursday, October 29. The passcode for the replay will be 8824606. The replay will also be available at https://investors.boydgaming.com.
BOYD GAMING CORPORATION
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
September 30,
(In thousands, except per share data)
2026
2025
2026
2025
Revenues
Gaming
$ 655,026
$ 657,371
$ 1,988,816
$ 1,967,519
Food & beverage
73,744
75,570
227,216
227,895
Room
43,109
45,244
139,469
144,085
Online
33,240
26,893
91,313
106,000
Online reimbursements
121,226
138,704
383,030
402,221
Management fee
27,581
23,697
82,283
72,618
Other
36,529
36,882
110,069
109,586
Total revenues
990,455
1,004,361
3,022,196
3,029,924
Operating costs and expenses
Gaming
262,638
259,660
785,117
765,337
Food & beverage
65,635
67,468
197,530
196,438
Room
19,714
19,486
58,687
57,975
Online
22,044
17,784
60,706
50,392
Online reimbursements
121,226
138,704
383,030
402,221
Other
12,519
13,076
38,191
38,016
Selling, general and administrative
105,370
104,005
326,237
321,916
Master lease rent expense (a)
28,993
28,584
86,433
85,186
Maintenance and utilities
41,078
40,472
115,336
114,519
Depreciation and amortization
91,267
73,749
277,357
211,957
Corporate expense
29,386
30,622
99,413
95,938
Project development, preopening and writedowns
(5,356)
3,972
30,268
5,214
Impairment of assets
—
65,123
—
97,395
Other operating items, net
1,039
1,892
4,299
5,399
Total operating costs and expenses
795,553
864,597
2,462,604
2,447,903
Operating income
194,902
139,764
559,592
582,021
Other expense (income)
Interest income
(1,261)
(1,501)
(4,408)
(3,572)
Interest expense, net of amounts capitalized
33,785
33,262
93,659
132,268
Loss on early extinguishments and modifications of debt
—
1,446
391
1,446
Other, net (b)
89
(1,735,479)
93
(1,735,420)
Total other (income) expense, net
32,613
(1,702,272)
89,735
(1,605,278)
Income before income taxes
162,289
1,842,036
469,857
2,187,299
Income tax provision
(38,699)
(403,200)
(112,051)
(487,227)
Net income
123,590
1,438,836
357,806
1,700,072
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
1,343
1,157
3,903
2,798
Net income attributable to Boyd Gaming
$ 124,933
$ 1,439,993
$ 361,709
$ 1,702,870
Basic net income per common share
$ 1.71
$ 17.81
$ 4.83
$ 20.58
Weighted average basic shares outstanding
73,048
80,860
74,864
82,740
Diluted net income per common share
$ 1.71
$ 17.81
$ 4.83
$ 20.58
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding
73,048
80,875
74,867
82,756
(a) Rent expense incurred by those properties subject to a master lease with a real estate investment trust.
(b) Includes the gain recognized on the sale of the Company's equity interest in FanDuel during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025.
BOYD GAMING CORPORATION
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Income Attributable to Boyd Gaming
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
September 30,
(In thousands)
2026
2025
2026
2025
Total Revenues by Segment
Las Vegas Locals
$ 207,449
$ 210,842
$ 650,451
$ 662,732
Downtown Las Vegas
47,423
53,224
154,473
165,764
Midwest & South
540,489
538,852
1,622,472
1,583,516
Online
154,466
165,597
474,343
508,221
Managed & Other
40,628
35,846
120,457
109,691
Total revenues
$ 990,455
$ 1,004,361
$ 3,022,196
$ 3,029,924
Adjusted EBITDAR by Segment
Las Vegas Locals
$ 87,389
$ 92,128
$ 293,767
$ 311,389
Downtown Las Vegas
12,853
16,118
48,658
56,446
Midwest & South
201,629
201,603
603,018
586,226
Online
10,925
9,424
29,871
54,974
Managed & Other
29,757
26,269
88,865
79,551
Corporate expense, net of share-based compensation expense (a)
(22,924)
(23,777)
(76,667)
(71,442)
Adjusted EBITDAR
319,629
321,765
987,512
1,017,144
Master lease rent expense (b)
(28,993)
(28,584)
(86,433)
(85,186)
Adjusted EBITDA
290,636
293,181
901,079
931,958
Other operating costs and expenses
Deferred rent
141
147
405
441
Depreciation and amortization
91,267
73,749
277,357
211,957
Share-based compensation expense
8,643
8,534
29,158
29,531
Project development, preopening and writedowns
(5,356)
3,972
30,268
5,214
Impairment of assets
—
65,123
—
97,395
Other operating items, net
1,039
1,892
4,299
5,399
Total other operating costs and expenses
95,734
153,417
341,487
349,937
Operating income
194,902
139,764
559,592
582,021
Other expense (income)
Interest income
(1,261)
(1,501)
(4,408)
(3,572)
Interest expense, net of amounts capitalized
33,785
33,262
93,659
132,268
Loss on early extinguishments and modifications of debt
—
1,446
391
1,446
Other, net (c)
89
(1,735,479)
93
(1,735,420)
Total other (income) expense, net
32,613
(1,702,272)
89,735
(1,605,278)
Income before income taxes
162,289
1,842,036
469,857
2,187,299
Income tax provision
(38,699)
(403,200)
(112,051)
(487,227)
Net income
123,590
1,438,836
357,806
1,700,072
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
1,343
1,157
3,903
2,798
Net income attributable to Boyd Gaming
$ 124,933
$ 1,439,993
$ 361,709
$ 1,702,870
(a) Reconciliation of corporate expense:
Three Months Ended
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
September 30,
(In thousands)
2026
2025
2026
2025
Corporate expense as reported on Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
$ 29,386
$ 30,622
$ 99,413
$ 95,938
Corporate share-based compensation expense
(6,462)
(6,845)
(22,746)
(24,496)
Corporate expense, net, as reported on the above table
$ 22,924
$ 23,777
$ 76,667
$ 71,442
(b) Rent expense incurred by those properties subject to a master lease with a real estate investment trust.
(c) Includes the gain recognized on the sale of the Company's equity interest in FanDuel during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025.
BOYD GAMING CORPORATION
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
Reconciliations of Net Income attributable to Boyd Gaming to Adjusted Earnings
and Net Income Per Share to Adjusted Earnings Per Share
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
September 30,
(In thousands, except per share data)
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net income attributable to Boyd Gaming
$ 124,933
$ 1,439,993
$ 361,709
$ 1,702,870
Pretax adjustments:
Project development, preopening and writedowns
(5,356)
3,972
30,268
5,214
Impairment of assets
—
65,123
—
97,395
Other operating items, net
1,039
1,892
4,299
5,399
Loss on early extinguishments and modifications of debt
—
1,446
391
1,446
Other, net (a)
89
(1,735,479)
93
(1,735,420)
Total adjustments
(4,228)
(1,663,046)
35,051
(1,625,966)
Income tax effect for above adjustments
953
362,197
(7,578)
354,125
Adjusted earnings
$ 121,658
$ 139,144
$ 389,182
$ 431,029
Net income per share, diluted
$ 1.71
$ 17.81
$ 4.83
$ 20.58
Pretax adjustments:
Project development, preopening and writedowns
(0.07)
0.05
0.40
0.06
Impairment of assets
—
0.80
—
1.18
Other operating items, net
0.02
0.02
0.06
0.06
Loss on early extinguishments and modifications of debt
—
0.02
0.01
0.02
Other, net (a)
—
(21.46)
—
(20.97)
Total adjustments
(0.05)
(20.57)
0.47
(19.65)
Income tax effect for above adjustments
0.01
4.48
(0.10)
4.28
Adjusted earnings per share, diluted
$ 1.67
$ 1.72
$ 5.20
$ 5.21
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding
73,048
80,875
74,867
82,756
(a) Includes the gain recognized on the sale of the Company's equity interest in FanDuel during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2025.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Our financial presentations include the following non-GAAP financial measures:
EBITDA: earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, Adjusted EBITDA: EBITDA adjusted for deferred rent, share-based compensation expense, project development, preopening and writedowns expense, impairments of assets, other operating items, net, gain or loss on early extinguishments and modifications of debt, net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest and other items, net, as applicable, EBITDAR: EBITDA further adjusted for rent expense associated with master leases with a real estate investment trust, Adjusted EBITDAR: Adjusted EBITDA further adjusted for rent expense associated with master leases with a real estate investment trust, Adjusted Earnings: net income before project development, preopening and writedowns expense, impairments of assets, other operating items, net, gain or loss on early extinguishments and modifications of debt, net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest, and other non-recurring adjustments, net, as applicable, and, Adjusted Earnings Per Share (Adjusted EPS): Adjusted Earnings divided by weighted average diluted shares outstanding. Collectively, we refer to these and other non-GAAP financial measures as the "Non-GAAP Measures."
The Non-GAAP Measures are commonly used measures of performance in our industry that we believe, when considered with measures calculated in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP), provide our investors with a more complete understanding of our operating results and facilitates comparisons between us and our competitors. We provide this information to investors to enable them to perform comparisons of our past, present and future operating results and as a means to evaluate the results of core on-going operations. We have historically reported these measures to our investors and believe that the continued inclusion of the Non-GAAP Measures provides consistency in our financial reporting. We also believe this information is useful to investors in allowing greater transparency related to significant measures used by our management in their financial and operational decision-making, their evaluation of total company and individual property performance, in the evaluation of incentive compensation and in the annual budget process. Management also uses Non-GAAP Measures in the evaluation of potential acquisitions and dispositions. We believe these measures continue to be used by investors in their assessment of our operating performance and the valuation of our company.
The use of Non-GAAP Measures has certain limitations. Our presentation of the Non-GAAP Measures may be different from the presentation used by other companies and therefore comparability may be limited. While excluded from certain of the Non-GAAP Measures, depreciation and amortization expense, interest expense, income taxes and other items have been and will be incurred. Each of these items should also be considered in the overall evaluation of our results. Additionally, the Non-GAAP Measures do not consider capital expenditures and other investing activities and should not be considered as a measure of our liquidity. We compensate for these limitations by providing the relevant disclosure of our depreciation and amortization, interest and income taxes, capital expenditures and other items both in our reconciliations to the historical GAAP financial measures and in our consolidated financial statements, all of which should be considered when evaluating our performance. We do not provide a reconciliation of forward-looking Non-GAAP Measures to the corresponding forward-looking GAAP measure due to our inability to project special charges and certain expenses.
The Non-GAAP Measures are to be used in addition to and in conjunction with results presented in accordance with GAAP. The Non-GAAP Measures should not be considered as an alternative to net income, operating income, or any other operating performance measure prescribed by GAAP, nor should these measures be relied upon to the exclusion of GAAP financial measures. The Non-GAAP Measures reflect additional ways of viewing our operations that we believe, when viewed with our GAAP results and the reconciliations to the corresponding historical GAAP financial measures, provide a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our business than could be obtained absent this disclosure. Management strongly encourages investors to review our financial information in its entirety and not to rely on a single financial measure.
Forward-looking Statements and Company Information
This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Such statements contain words such as "may," "will," "might," "expect," "believe," "anticipate," "could," "would," "estimate," "continue," "pursue," or the negative thereof or comparable terminology, and may include (without limitation) information regarding the Company's expectations, goals or intentions regarding future performance. These forward-looking statements are based on the current beliefs and expectations of management and involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. Many of these risks and uncertainties relate to factors that are beyond Boyd Gaming's ability to control or estimate precisely. Additional factors that could cause actual results to differ are discussed under the heading "Risk Factors" and in other sections of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and in the Company's other current and periodic reports filed from time to time with the SEC. The reader is cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this release. All forward-looking statements in this press release are made as of the date hereof, based on information available to the Company as of the date hereof, and the Company assumes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement.
About Boyd Gaming
Founded in 1975, Boyd Gaming Corporation (NYSE: BYD) is a leading geographically diversified operator of 26 gaming entertainment properties in 11 states. The Company also manages a tribal casino in northern California, and owns and operates Boyd Interactive, a B2B and B2C online casino gaming business. Boyd Gaming's nationwide portfolio is connected through Boyd Rewards, recognized as the nation's favorite casino loyalty program by readers of both USA Today and Newsweek. Named by Forbes and Time magazines as one of "America's Best Companies," and led by one of the most experienced teams in the industry, Boyd Gaming is dedicated to delivering an outstanding entertainment experience and memorable guest service. For additional Company information and press releases, visit https://www.boydgaming.com.
Robbins LLP prověřuje společnost Six Flags Entertainment (FUN) kvůli možnému porušení předpisů o cenných papírech po smrtelné nehodě na horské dráze. Akcie 13. října 2026 klesly přibližně o 14,4 %.
, /PRNewswire/ -- Shareholder rights law firm Robbins LLP is investigating Six Flags Entertainment Corporation (NYSE: FUN) to determine whether certain Six Flag's officers and directors violated securities laws and breached fiduciary duties to shareholders. Six Flags operates amusement parks and resort properties in North America.
Why Are We Investigating Six Flags?
On October 13, 2026, the Wall Street Journal published an article, 'Six Flags Closes Several Rides After Georgia Roller-Coaster Death," which stated that the Company "was shutting down similar attractions across its parks after several people were injured." Specifically, police found Hassan Jihad Ibn Kariem, 42 years old, under the Goliath roller coaster at Six Flags Over Georgia just before 4 p.m. Monday. He was unresponsive and not breathing, according to the Cobb County Police Department. Investigators believe Kariem was ejected from the ride and struck other passengers before falling to his death, based on interviews with witnesses and theme-park employees.
Six Flags has recently faced scrutiny over the safety record associated with another of its attractions: the X2 coaster at its Magic Mountain park in Southern California. Multiple lawsuits alleged that the coaster caused serious brain injuries. Six Flags permanently closed that ride last month.
Shares in Six Flags fell approximately 14.4% on October 13, 2026.
What Can FUN Shareholders Do Now?
If you lost money investing in Six Flags Entertainment Corporation, contact Robbins LLP for more information by submitting an inquiry, emailing attorney Aaron Dumas, Jr., or calling (800) 350-6003.
All representation is on a contingency fee basis. Shareholders pay no fees or expenses.
Why Robbins LLP?
A recognized leader in shareholder rights litigation, the attorneys and staff of Robbins LLP have been dedicated to helping shareholders recover losses, improve corporate governance structures, and hold company executives accountable for their wrongdoing since 2002. Since our inception, we have obtained over $2 billion for shareholders.
To be notified if a class action against Six Flags Entertainment Corporation settles or to receive free alerts when corporate executives engage in wrongdoing, sign up for Stock Watch today.
Attorney Advertising. Past results do not guarantee a similar outcome.
Zcash Foundation vydala Zebra 7.0.0 s podporou NU7; provozovatelé uzlů hlavní sítě musí aktualizovat software před blokem 3 543 405, očekávaným přibližně 5. listopadu, aby zůstali na řetězci shodném s konsenzem.
Zcash Foundation has released Zebra 7.0.0 with NU7 mainnet support, telling node operators to upgrade before block 3,543,405, expected around Nov. 5.
Summary
Mainnet operators must upgrade before activation to remain on the consensus chain.
Zebra 6.4.x releases are scheduled to stop operating days before the upgrade.
NU7 introduces 25-second blocks while preserving the scheduled daily issuance of ZEC.
The foundation says Zebra 7.0.0 includes fixes for five security advisories.
Zcash Foundation said in its Oct. 22 announcement that mainnet operators must install the upgrade to remain on the consensus chain, while older 6.4.x releases will stop themselves days before activation.
“All Mainnet operators MUST upgrade before height 3,543,405 (~Nov 5) to stay on the consensus chain.”
The foundation listed 25-second blocks, a Network Sustainability Mechanism, and fixes for five security advisories among the release’s features.
Zebra operators face an earlier shutdown
The foundation’s Oct. 6 engineering update put the expected shutdown of Zebra 6.4.x around Nov. 2. Developers shortened the software’s operating period from 15 weeks to 12 weeks to bring that halt ahead of the planned network upgrade.
In the same update, the engineering team said expiry calculations and synchronization estimates had been adjusted to follow the block time in effect at each height. Without that adjustment, faster block production could make software stop earlier than intended.
NU7 reached public testnet at block 4,465,026 on Oct. 4, the foundation confirmed. The testnet activation introduced the consensus changes for observation before mainnet deployment.
As crypto.news previously reported on Oct. 21, developers had selected the mainnet activation height after an Oct. 20 meeting of ZIP editors. At that reporting cutoff, the change still awaited integration into the deployment specification.
The current ZIP 259 text now lists mainnet block 3,543,405. Its compatibility rules say upgraded nodes will disconnect peers advertising an older network protocol version after activation.
The specification warns that unsupported software can remain online and follow a pre-NU7 consensus branch. It does not establish how many operators are still using incompatible software.
Zcash targets faster confirmations without faster issuance
ZIP 218 sets the new block target at 25 seconds, down from 75 seconds. Its authors identify payments, exchange deposits, and cross-chain operations as uses affected by the wait for confirmations.
The proposal does not advise clients to cut their confirmation counts. Its discussion of rollback risk distinguishes between security models, including models based on an attacker’s share of mining power and those based on the economic cost of reversing a payment.
The foundation’s Oct. 2 release-candidate explanation says daily scheduled issuance stays unchanged because the software divides scheduled block rewards by three and adjusts the remaining halving intervals.
Its description retains the four-year halving schedule and the 21 million ZEC supply cap. Faster block production therefore does not mean the scheduled daily mining subsidy triples.
The September coinholder poll recorded roughly 99.9% support for shorter block spacing and 98.9% support for preserving halvings. Nearly 2.4 million ZEC participated, representing around 66% of eligible Ironwood balances at the snapshot, according to the published results covered on Sep. 16.
Voting closed on Sep. 14 after balances were recorded at mainnet block 3,459,350 on Aug. 24. Eligibility depended on spendable shielded funds held in Ironwood at that snapshot.
NU7 redirects fees into future mining rewards
The foundation’s release-candidate explanation describes a split in which 60% of transaction fees leave circulation for a reserve, while miners keep the remaining 40%.
Under the Network Sustainability Mechanism, the reserved funds can return gradually through future block rewards. The Oct. 21 activation coverage identified mainnet block 8,939,664 for the start of reissuance, expected around February 2031.
Coinholders had favored that timing with approximately 96.6% support in September’s poll. The deployment specification lists the reissuance height separately from the NU7 activation height.
The Oct. 2 technical explanation gives mining pools a related instruction. Because a coinbase transaction depends on selected transaction fees and the parent block’s reserve, miners should request a fresh block template instead of changing its transaction set or previous block themselves.
The foundation described shielded activity limits covering individual pools and a shared budget across pools. Its engineering update says those restrictions are designed to protect light wallets from spam while the network produces blocks more frequently.
ZIP 218 places the shared shielded budget at 330 actions per block, alongside separate pool limits. Its authors estimate that the changes cut worst-case daily light-wallet synchronization bandwidth from 271 megabytes to 169 megabytes, a reduction of roughly 37%.
The proposal notes a separate privacy trade-off. More frequent blocks give observers finer timing information, which can be combined with observations from networks or applications. Its authors say the new limits do not prevent traffic analysis or eliminate denial-of-service risk.
Sprout funds face a separate spending deadline
The Oct. 5 testnet coverage described another NU7 change affecting funds in Sprout, Zcash’s original shielded pool. Disabling version 4 transactions prevents spending those funds after activation unless holders move them beforehand.
ZIP 259 specifies that the prohibition applies to every version 4 transaction, including transparent-only and Sapling transactions. Saved transactions signed offline require the same activation checks.
The specification says versions 5 and 6 keep their existing structures, but their signatures commit to a consensus branch identifier. An unchanged transaction format does not guarantee a transaction remains valid across activation.
, /PRNewswire/ -- Today, Encompass Health, the nation's largest owner and operator of inpatient rehabilitation hospitals, announced the opening of Encompass Health Rehabilitation Hospital of Westover Hills in San Antonio, Texas. The 50-bed inpatient rehabilitation hospital is now accepting patients.
Encompass Health Rehabilitation Hospital of Westover Hills exterior The more than 54,000-square-foot hospital provides essential rehabilitation services to help patients recovering from strokes, brain injuries, spinal cord injuries, amputations and complex orthopedic conditions regain functional ability, independence and quality of life. Patients receive a minimum of three hours of intensive therapy five days each week, including physical, occupational and speech therapy based on their individual needs. Patients also receive frequent physician visits and 24-hour nursing care.
"The opening of Encompass Health Westover Hills represents another important step in expanding access to high-quality inpatient rehabilitation across the state," said Craig Funk, Encompass Health group president. "We are proud to bring our rehabilitation expertise to more patients in the San Antonio area. The exceptional team at Westover Hills will provide the high-quality, compassionate care patients need to regain independence and return to the activities they love."
Hospital amenities include private patient rooms, a spacious therapy gym with advanced rehabilitation technologies, an activities of daily living suite that simulates real-world environments, an in-house dialysis suite, an outdoor therapy courtyard, a dining room, an in-house pharmacy and dayroom areas. An interdisciplinary team of highly specialized nurses, therapists and physicians creates customized treatment plans to meet each patient's unique recovery goals.
Encompass Health Westover Hills is the Company's 30th location in Texas and second location in the San Antonio area, in addition to Encompass Health Rehabilitation Hospital of San Antonio.
About Encompass Health
Encompass Health (NYSE: EHC) is the largest owner and operator of inpatient rehabilitation hospitals in the United States. With a national footprint that includes 179 hospitals in 39 states and Puerto Rico, the Company provides high-quality, compassionate rehabilitative care for patients recovering from major injuries or illnesses, using advanced technology and innovative treatments to maximize recovery. Encompass Health is recognized by Newsweek as America's Most Awarded Leader in Inpatient Rehabilitation and is ranked among Fortune's World's Most Admired Companies™ and Forbes' America's Best Companies. It is also recognized by Becker's Healthcare and Modern Healthcare as a top healthcare employer. For more information, visit encompasshealth.com and follow us on our newsroom, X, Instagram and Facebook.
F.N.B. Corporation vyplatí čtvrtletní hotovostní dividendu ve výši 0,13 USD na akcii; nárok mají akcionáři evidovaní k 1. prosinci 2026. Výplata proběhne 15. prosince 2026.
, /PRNewswire/ -- F.N.B. Corporation (NYSE: FNB) announced its Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.13 per share on its common stock. The dividend is payable on December 15, 2026, to shareholders of record as of the close of business on December 1, 2026.
About F.N.B. Corporation
F.N.B. Corporation (NYSE: FNB), headquartered in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, is a diversified financial services company operating in seven states and the District of Columbia. FNB's market coverage spans several major metropolitan areas including: Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania; Baltimore, Maryland; Cleveland, Ohio; Washington, D.C.; Charlotte, Raleigh, Durham and the Piedmont Triad (Winston-Salem, Greensboro and High Point) in North Carolina; and Charleston, South Carolina. The Company has total assets of $52 billion and more than 355 banking offices throughout Pennsylvania, Ohio, Maryland, West Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Washington, D.C. and Virginia.
FNB provides a full range of commercial banking, consumer banking and wealth management solutions through its subsidiary network which is led by its largest affiliate, First National Bank of Pennsylvania, founded in 1864. Commercial banking solutions include corporate banking, small business banking, investment real estate financing, government banking, business credit, capital markets and equipment financing. The consumer banking segment provides a full line of consumer banking products and services, including deposit products, mortgage lending, consumer lending and a complete suite of mobile and online banking services. FNB's wealth management and advisory services include asset management, private banking and insurance.
The common stock of F.N.B. Corporation trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "FNB" and is included in Standard & Poor's MidCap 400 Index with the Global Industry Classification Standard (GICS) Regional Banks Sub-Industry Index. Customers, shareholders and investors can learn more about this regional financial institution by visiting the F.N.B. Corporation website at www.fnbcorporation.com.
Zurn Elkay Water Solutions Corporation (NYSE: ZWS) announced today that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly common stock dividend of $0.13 per share, reflecting an 18% increase from the prior quarterly dividend of $0.11 per share. The dividend is payable in cash on December 7, 2026 to stockholders of record as of November 20, 2026.
About Zurn Elkay Water Solutions
Named one of America’s Greatest Companies and America’s Most Responsible Companies by Newsweek and one of America’s Best Companies and the World’s Best Companies for Sustainable Growth by TIME, Zurn Elkay Water Solutions is headquartered in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, and is a growth-oriented, pure-play water management business that designs, procures, manufactures and markets what we believe to be the broadest sustainable product portfolio of specification-driven water management solutions to improve health, hydration, human safety and the environment. The Zurn Elkay product portfolio includes professional grade water safety and control products, flow systems products, hygienic and environmental products, water heating and filtered drinking water products for public and private spaces. Learn more at zurnelkay.com.
Forward-Looking Statements
Information in this release may involve outlook, expectations, beliefs, plans, intentions, strategies or other statements regarding the future, which are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. All forward-looking statements included in this release are based upon information available to Zurn Elkay Water Solutions Corporation as of the date of the release, and Zurn Elkay Water Solutions Corporation assumes no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. The statements in this release are not guarantees of future performance, and actual results could differ materially from current expectations. Numerous factors could cause or contribute to such differences. Please refer to “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” in the Company’s Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2025 as well as the Company’s annual, quarterly and current reports filed on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K from time to time with the SEC for a further discussion of the factors and risks associated with the business.
View source version on businesswire.com: https://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20261020954019/en/
Also check out: (Free Trial)
High Yield Dividend Stocks in Gurus' Portfolio Top dividend stocks of Warren Buffett Top dividend stocks of George Soros
Disclosures
I/we have no positions in any stocks mentioned, and have no plans to buy any new positions in the stocks mentioned within the next 72 hours.
Charles River, FDA a Labcorp zahájily výzkumnou spolupráci na vývoji citlivějších standardizovaných nástrojů pro hodnocení potenciálu zneužívání nových léčiv.
Joint research effort seeks to improve abuse potential assessment tools to support drug development and public health decision-making
WILMINGTON, Mass.--(BUSINESS WIRE)--Charles River Laboratories International, Inc. (NYSE: CRL) today announced a Research Collaboration Agreement (RCA) with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and Labcorp for developing sensitive screening tools to quantify and rank the abuse potential of new drugs, including abuse-deterrent formulations (ADFs) and emerging drugs of abuse. The agreement establishes a joint research framework to enhance objective, standardized metrics for quantifying abuse potential in preclinical models which may inform regulatory assessments of abuse potential under the Controlled Substances Act (CSA).
Abuse potential assessments are vital components of the safety evaluation of central nervous system-active compounds and are relied upon by FDA and the Drug Enforcement Administration for scheduling control measures.
Share “Assessing abuse potential is essential for identifying risks and ensuring the safety of new drugs,” said Dr. Namandjé N. Bumpus, Chief Science and Innovation Officer, Charles River. “This collaboration will improve public health safeguards and ultimately amplify our shared efforts to protect patients and communities.”
Evaluating Abuse Potential
Abuse potential assessments are vital components of the safety evaluation of central nervous system-active compounds and are relied upon by FDA and the Drug Enforcement Administration for scheduling control measures.
Enhancing objective, reproducible methods to assess abuse potential is important for advancing regulatory science and supporting evidence-based decision-making. This collaboration will help evaluate approaches that could improve the consistency and sensitivity of abuse potential assessments, ultimately contributing to efforts to protect public health.
Charles River has extensive expertise in assessing abuse potential, having conducted over 100 abuse potential studies and contributed to assessments of the abuse potential of 15 FDA-approved products. As part of its participation in the collaboration, Charles River will leverage behavioral economic models of supply and demand to analyze self-administration data. These models assess the relative reinforcing properties of substances, helping researchers evaluate abuse potential and compare it with that of known drugs of abuse. A recent behavioral economics pilot conducted at Charles River’s Mattawan site provided preliminary proof-of-concept data that demonstrated the promise of this approach.
The collaboration aims to improve sensitivity, accuracy, and consistency across laboratories, ultimately enhancing public health by more reliably and effectively assessing the abuse potential of new drugs.
About Charles River
Charles River provides essential products and services to help pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, government agencies and leading academic institutions around the globe accelerate their research and drug development efforts. Our dedicated employees are focused on providing clients with exactly what they need to improve and expedite the discovery, early-stage development and safe manufacture of new therapies for the patients who need them. To learn more about our unique portfolio and breadth of services, visit www.criver.com.
More News From Charles River Laboratories International, Inc.
Mueller Water Products navýšila schválený objem programu zpětného odkupu akcií o 300 milionů USD na 334,5 milionu USD a čtvrtletní dividendu o 14,3 % na 0,08 USD na akcii.
ATLANTA, Oct. 22, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Mueller Water Products, Inc. (NYSE: MWA), a leading manufacturer and marketer of products and solutions used in the transmission, distribution and measurement of water in North America, announced that its Board of Directors (the “Board”) has approved a $300 million increase to the existing common stock repurchase authorization. The Board also declared today a $0.08 per share quarterly dividend, a 14.3% increase compared with the prior quarterly dividend.
“Our decision to increase the quarterly dividend and expand our share repurchase authorization reflects our confidence in Mueller’s strategy supported by the disciplined execution of the Mueller Operating System. With our strong balance sheet and ability to generate cash, we can continue investing in the business while returning capital to shareholders. The expanded authorization gives us added flexibility to repurchase shares opportunistically when we believe they are undervalued,” said Paul McAndrew, President and Chief Executive Officer of Mueller Water Products.
$300 Million Stock Repurchase Authorization
The Board increased the common stock repurchase program authorization by $300.0 million, bringing the total existing common stock repurchase authorization to $334.5 million, including the existing stock repurchase authorization.
The Company repurchased $30.5 million of common stock in fiscal 2026, including $15.0 million in the fourth quarter ending September 30, 2026.
Repurchases under the program may be made in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or by other means, including through trading plans intended to qualify under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, accelerated share repurchase arrangements and tender offers, with the amount and timing of repurchases to be determined at the Company’s discretion, depending on market and business conditions, prevailing stock prices, and contractual limitations, among other factors. The stock repurchase program does not obligate the Company to acquire any particular amount of common stock, or at any specific time or intervals, and may be modified, suspended or terminated at any time at the Company’s discretion.
Quarterly Dividend Increase
The Board has declared a $0.08 per share quarterly dividend, representing a 14.3% increase from the $0.07 per share dividend paid in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2026. The dividend is payable on or about November 19, 2026, to stockholders of record as of the close of business on November 9, 2026.
Forward-Looking Statements
This press release contains certain statements that may be deemed “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws. These include statements regarding the Company’s strategy, execution, financial position, ability to generate cash, capital allocation priorities, the anticipated timing, amount and manner of repurchases under the Company’s stock repurchase program, the payment of the quarterly dividend and the Company’s ability to return capital to shareholders. Forward-looking statements are based on certain assumptions and assessments made by the Company in light of the Company’s experience and perception of historical trends, current conditions, and expected future developments. Actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements due to a number of factors. These factors include the Company’s ability to generate sufficient cash flow to fund its operations, investments in the business, dividends and share repurchases; changes in the market price of the Company’s common stock; general economic, market and business conditions; the availability of alternative uses of capital; contractual and legal limitations on the Company’s ability to pay dividends or repurchase shares; the Board’s discretion to modify, suspend or terminate the stock repurchase program or to change future dividend declarations; the Company’s ability to execute its strategy, including the Mueller Operating System, and the other factors described in the section entitled “RISK FACTORS” in Item 1A of the Company’s most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K and in later filings on Form 10-Q, as applicable. Forward-looking statements do not guarantee future performance and are only as of the date they are made. The Company undertakes no duty to update its forward-looking statements except as required by law.
About Mueller Water Products, Inc.
Mueller Water Products, Inc. is a leading manufacturer and marketer of products and solutions used in the transmission, distribution and measurement of water in North America. Our broad portfolio includes engineered valves, fire hydrants, pipe connection and repair products, metering products, leak detection, pipe condition assessment, pressure management products, and software that provides critical water system data. We help municipalities increase operational efficiencies, improve customer service and prioritize capital spending, demonstrating why Mueller Water Products is Where Intelligence Meets Infrastructure®. Visit us at www.muellerwaterproducts.com.
Mueller refers to one or more of Mueller Water Products, Inc. (MWP), a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries. MWP and each of its subsidiaries are legally separate and independent entities when providing products and services. MWP does not provide products or services to third parties. MWP and each of its subsidiaries are liable only for their own acts and omissions and not those of each other.
Společnost Hims & Hers Health čelí hromadné žalobě investorů po žalobě ze strany FTC kvůli údajnému sdílení zdravotních údajů a účtování poplatků před konzultací; akcie 29. července 2026 klesly o 14,7 %.
San Francisco, California--(Newsfile Corp. - October 22, 2026) - Hims & Hers Health, Inc. (NYSE: HIMS) and certain company executives now face a securities class action lawsuit stemming from the FTC's sweeping federal complaint against the company in which the Commission accuses Hims of serious business misconduct.
Hagens Berman, which is actively investigating the alleged claims, encourages HIMS investors who suffered substantial losses to submit your losses now.
Class Period: Aug. 4, 2025 - July 29, 2026
Lead Plaintiff Deadline: Nov. 2, 2026
Visit Hims Investigation Page: www.hbsslaw.com/hims
Direct Contact Email: [email protected]
Firm Telephone: 844-916-0895
Video:
Cannot view this video? Visit:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DZQWREfFVIM
Hims & Hers Health ($HIMS) Securities Class Action
The lawsuit is focused on the propriety of Hims' repeated assurances that "[w]e have developed and maintain policies and procedures with respect to health information and personal information that we use or disclose in connection with our operations, including the adoption of administrative, physical, and technical safeguards to protect such information."
The complaint alleges that Hims: (1) shared consumers' health information with third-party advertising platforms; (2) charges consumers for prescriptions almost immediately after they submit intake forms, despite telling them that they will be able to consult with a medical provider to find a treatment that is "right for them[;]" and (3) as a result, would be subject to heightened regulatory scrutiny and likely to incur fees and penalties.
What Drove the $HIMS July 29, 2026 Stock Crash? The FTC and State Lawsuit Breakdown
The securities class action cites the July 29, 2026 federal complaint filed against Hims by the FTC-alongside co-plaintiffs the State of Utah and the County of Los Angeles (representing California).
After an extensive investigation by the Commission, it contends that Hims engaged in:
Deceptive Health Data Sharing: Despite extensive marketing campaigns emphasizing strict privacy, discreet telehealth consultations, and data protection, the complaint alleges that Hims surreptitiously shared sensitive user medical conditions and personal health data with third-party advertising giants, including Meta Platforms (Facebook) and Snap, via embedded tracking pixels and customer list matching. Subscription Billing & Cancellation Barriers (ROSCA Violations): The lawsuit accuses Hims of violating the Restore Online Shoppers' Confidence Act (ROSCA) by enrolling consumers in recurring subscription models without informed consent. According to regulators, consumers were billed for prescriptions almost immediately upon completing an intake form-long before receiving any consultation with a medical provider-while facing dark patterns and hidden cancellation options designed to prevent subscription termination.The market swiftly reacted, sending the price of Hims shares down $4.32 (-14.7%) and erasing over $970 million from the company's market capitalization in a single day.
"We're focused on whether Hims may have intentionally misled investors about its business practices, including the adequacy of its internal controls, and financial ramifications of the alleged misconduct," said Reed Kathrein, the Hagens Berman partner leading the firm's investigation.
If you invested in HIMS and have substantial losses, or have knowledge that will assist the firm's investigation, submit your losses now »
Whistleblowers: Persons with non-public information regarding HIMS should consider their options to help in the investigation or take advantage of the SEC Whistleblower program. Under the new program, whistleblowers who provide original information may receive rewards totaling up to 30 percent of any successful recovery made by the SEC. For more information, call Reed Kathrein at 844-916-0895 or email [email protected].
# # #
About Hagens Berman
Hagens Berman is a global plaintiffs' rights complex litigation firm focusing on corporate accountability. The firm is home to a robust practice and represents investors as well as whistleblowers, workers, consumers and others in cases achieving real results for those harmed by corporate negligence and other wrongdoings. Hagens Berman's team has secured more than $2.9 billion in this area of law. More about the firm and its successes can be found at hbsslaw.com. Follow the firm for updates and news at @ClassActionLaw.
Attorney Advertising. Prior results do not guarantee a similar outcome in any future case.
Contact: Hagens Berman, Reed Kathrein, 715 Hearst Avenue, Suite 300, Berkeley, CA 94710, 844-916-0895, [email protected]
To view the source version of this press release, please visit https://www.newsfilecorp.com/release/320488
Source: Hagens Berman Sobol Shapiro LLP
Ready to Announce with Confidence?
Send us a message and a member of our TMX Newsfile team will contact you to discuss your needs.
SANTA CLARA, Calif., Oct. 22, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- SoundHound AI, Inc. (Nasdaq: SOUN), a global leader in voice and agentic AI, today announced that it will release its third quarter 2026 financial results after market close on Thursday, November 5, 2026. The company will host a conference call and webcast to review the results on the same day.
Conference Call and Webcast Information
SoundHound AI will host its conference call at 2:00 p.m. PT / 5:00 p.m. ET. A live audio webcast will be available at investors.soundhound.com and a replay will be available at the same location.
If you wish to receive company email notifications, please register at https://investors.soundhound.com/ir-resources/email-alerts
About SoundHound AI
SoundHound AI (Nasdaq:SOUN) is a voice and agentic AI company that enables businesses to deliver natural, end-to-end conversational experiences across digital and physical channels, including phones, kiosks, chat, smart devices, drive-thrus, TVs, in-vehicle, and more. Its agentic platform, OASYS, is a self-learning, orchestrated AI system where organizations can build and deploy conversational AI agents to handle transactions, tasks, and workflows on behalf of customers and employees. Built on proprietary technology backed by 750+ patents and years of AI research, SoundHound serves leading brands across industries including automotive, financial services, healthcare, retail, telecommunications, and more. It powers millions of products and processes billions of interactions annually for enterprise customers worldwide. Learn more at: www.soundhound.com
RedStone spustil na hlavní síti Filecoin cenový datový kanál FIL/USD pro chytré kontrakty FVM. Aktualizuje se při cenové odchylce o 0,5 % nebo každé čtyři hodiny.
RedStone has integrated Filecoin and deployed a FIL/USD push price feed on Filecoin mainnet, delivering a dollar price for the network’s native token to smart contracts on the Filecoin Virtual Machine (FVM).
How the FIL/USD Price Feed Works on Filecoin Mainnet RedStone’s FIL/USD feed publishes a signed FIL price to a contract on Filecoin mainnet that any FVM application can read. Getting there took a chain integration: RedStone set up the relayer and onchain contracts Filecoin needed to receive push feeds in the first place.
The feed runs on RedStone’s push model. An off-chain relayer collects FIL prices from RedStone’s data providers and writes an update onchain when one of two conditions is met, a 0.5% price deviation or a four-hour heartbeat. Each update carries the providers’ signatures and a timestamp, and the adapter contract validates both before storing the price. Consuming contracts read that stored value directly.
Because the FVM runs Solidity through its EVM runtime, integration looks the same as it does on Ethereum. A lending contract calls latestRoundData() through the standard aggregator interface and gets back the price along with the time it was last updated. The Calibration feed lets teams test collateral and liquidation logic against real FIL prices before any mainnet funds are involved.
Why FVM Applications Need a Dollar Price for FIL Much of Filecoin’s DeFi activity grew out of storage. Providers lock FIL as collateral to take on storage deals, and protocols such as GLIF run leasing pools where FIL holders deposit tokens, receive a liquid token in return, and lend to those providers for a share of their rewards. The loans are denominated in FIL. The decisions around them, how much a provider can borrow and when a position gets too thin, depend on what FIL is worth in dollars on a given day.
The programmable side of the network is growing as well. Filecoin Onchain Cloud, which moves storage and payments onchain, went live on Filecoin mainnet on 26 March 2026 after more than 100 teams built on its testnet, according to the Filecoin blog. Its payment layer, Filecoin Pay, settles usage onchain, and the network’s 2026 strategy calls for adding stablecoin payments to it. Once storage is priced in dollars and paid in FIL, or the reverse, the contract in the middle needs a conversion rate it can trust, updated often enough to settle against.
What the Integration Unlocks For Filecoin builders, the change is practical. A team launching a FIL-collateralized lending market or a dollar-priced storage service can point its contract at an existing feed and skip running price infrastructure of its own. The same reference price is a starting input for liquid staking tokens that need a dollar value, for insurance products that price cover in dollars and pay out in FIL, and for AI and data applications that bill for services onchain. Where those products need something beyond FIL/USD, such as an exchange rate for a liquid token, RedStone’s custom feeds can be deployed on the same infrastructure.
For RedStone, the integration extends its footprint into the network that describes itself as the world’s largest decentralized storage network, and into a DeFi market built around provider collateral. Chain integrations tend to widen after launch. RedStone went live on Tempo in March 2026 with FX feeds for payments, and by May it was supplying the feeds behind a full lending stack on Tempo. The feeds also carry a record of zero mispricing events, including correct ezETH and wstETH prices during episodes when those assets were mispriced elsewhere.
Filecoin’s 2026 network strategy puts paid onchain deals at the top of its objectives, alongside network profitability and adoption by paying flagship clients. Its go-to-market focus includes AI agents, chain data and real-world assets. Each paid deal is a contract that moves FIL, and every one budgeted in dollars needs a price to settle against.
See the FIL/USD feed’s contract addresses and update parameters on the RedStone app.
Is there a FIL/USD price feed on Filecoin mainnet? Yes. RedStone operates a FIL/USD push feed on Filecoin mainnet that any smart contract on the Filecoin Virtual Machine can read. A matching feed runs on the Calibration testnet for development and testing.
How often does the RedStone FIL/USD feed update? The feed pushes a new price onchain whenever FIL moves 0.5% from the last stored value. If the price stays inside that band, a heartbeat forces an update every four hours.
How do FVM smart contracts read the FIL/USD price? The FVM supports Solidity, so contracts read the feed with latestRoundData(), which returns the latest price and its update timestamp. The mainnet relayer contract sits at 0x434F8D17c0301cfEa143dba912972E24B827C968, and addresses for both networks are listed on the RedStone app.
Can RedStone deploy other price feeds on Filecoin? Yes. The chain integration means the relayer and contracts are already in place on Filecoin, so teams can request additional feeds from the RedStone team.
RedStone is the data layer for institutional DeFi, delivering secure, low-latency price feeds for digital assets, RWAs, stablecoins, LSTs, LRTs, and Bitcoin LSTs across 110+ chains. Trusted by 200+ clients, including Securitize, Morpho, Pendle, Spark, Ether.fi, Ethena, Lombard, Venus, and Compound, RedStone powers lending, stablecoins, perpetuals, and tokenized asset markets with custom pricing infrastructure built for complex onchain systems. RedStone provides data for tokenized products including BlackRock’s BUIDL, Apollo ACRED, and Hamilton Lane SCOPE. Zero mispricing events. 100% uptime. Learn more at redstone.finance.
Filecoin is a peer-to-peer network to store files, with built-in economic incentives to ensure files are stored reliably over time. It’s designed to create a decentralized, efficient, and robust foundation for humanity’s information. Learn more at filecoin.io.
NEAR Protocol na platformě pro perpetuální kontrakty poháněné Hyperliquid spustil křížovou marži, takže pozice sdílejí jediný zůstatek pro perpetuals jako marži při zachování deklarovaného důvěrného obchodování.
NEAR Protocol has rolled out cross-margin on its Hyperliquid-powered perpetuals platform, allowing trading positions to share a single perps balance while retaining what the project describes as confidential trading.
Summary
Positions can draw collateral from a shared perps balance instead of holding separate margin. NEAR’s privacy explanation describes dedicated Hyperliquid accounts with confidential deposits and withdrawals. Hyperliquid documents account-level liquidation rules for positions that use shared cross margin. The platform advertises more than 50 markets, with U.S. persons excluded from access. NEAR Protocol announced the feature on Oct. 22, saying positions now share the user’s perps balance as margin. Its accompanying image presents cross and isolated margin alongside the platform’s confidentiality claim.
“Positions now share your perps balance as margin instead of each holding its own,” the project said.
The announcement identifies perps.near.com as the trading interface and Hyperliquid as the underlying provider. NEAR’s message says the feature is live, although it does not provide trading volume, user counts, or figures showing how much collateral customers have committed.
NEAR describes confidentiality through a dedicated trading account NEAR’s product page gives a more specific description of privacy than the short launch announcement. The service says each user receives a dedicated account for trading perpetuals on Hyperliquid, with confidential deposits and withdrawals to and from that account.
The Oct. 22 post describes positions as confidential, stating “nobody can tell they’re yours.” The product page’s explanation centers on the account and its funding flows, without establishing that every order, execution, or position record disappears from Hyperliquid’s public infrastructure.
Neither the announcement nor that explanation provides an independent assessment of whether observers could identify users through other information. The material supports reporting NEAR’s confidentiality claim, but not a guarantee that trading activity cannot be linked to a person under any circumstances.
For funding, the site says NEAR Intents converts supported assets into the required margin currency. Users can start with assets held across connected networks, while funding and settlement transactions are signed on their devices, according to the service.
Cross margin shares collateral across eligible positions Hyperliquid’s documentation describes cross margin as collateral shared among cross-margin positions. Isolated margin assigns collateral to an individual position, separating it from the collateral used elsewhere in the account.
Its rules allow unrealized profits from cross-margin positions to become available as initial margin for new trades. For isolated positions, unrealized profit instead becomes additional margin for the existing position, the documentation states.
Hyperliquid calculates initial margin from position size, mark price, and the leverage selected by the trader. Maximum leverage depends on the asset, so the platform’s advertised ceiling does not apply equally to every market.
The documentation says leverage is checked when a position opens. Afterward, users must monitor their exposure, with available actions including closing positions, adding collateral to isolated trades or depositing USDC for cross-margin positions.
Hyperliquid distinguishes how cross-margin works across different perpetual exchanges deployed on its infrastructure. Its documentation says collateral sharing across those venues depends on the account mode and collateral type. NEAR’s announcement does not specify which of those configurations its interface supports.
Hyperliquid applies account-level liquidation rules Hyperliquid’s liquidation rules say positions become subject to liquidation when account equity falls below the required maintenance margin. The platform first attempts to close positions through orders sent to its order book. Remaining collateral stays with the trader when the resulting closures restore compliance with margin requirements.
If account equity falls below two-thirds of maintenance margin and liquidation through the book has not succeeded, the documentation describes a backstop process involving the liquidator vault.
For a cross-margin backstop liquidation, Hyperliquid says the trader’s cross positions and cross collateral transfer to the liquidator. An isolated backstop liquidation transfers the affected position and its assigned margin while leaving cross-margin positions untouched.
The exchange uses a mark price for liquidations. Its pricing documentation says that measure combines external market information with Hyperliquid trading data and is used for margin calculations, unrealized profit and loss, and take-profit or stop-loss triggers.
Funding payments can change an account’s balance while positions remain open. Hyperliquid states that funding is exchanged hourly between long and short holders, with the payment direction determined by the funding rate. The exchange says it collects no fee on those transfers.
NEAR’s perps service excludes U.S. persons The product page advertises access to more than 50 perpetual markets with leverage of up to 40 times. It explicitly states that perpetuals are unavailable to U.S. persons and users in other restricted jurisdictions, alongside a warning that leveraged trading carries a substantial risk of loss.
NEAR’s relationship with Hyperliquid includes direct token trading. On Sep. 23, crypto.news reported that NEAR spot trading had become available against USDC, alongside an existing perpetual market for the token. The announcement cited in that article said inclusion on Hyperliquid’s Strict List would take several more days after deployment.
Charles Schwab označil Avalanche za lídra v oblasti institucionálních blockchainů a tokenizace RWA, ale varoval, že tento zájem nemusí zvýšit poptávku po tokenu AVAX.
AVAX is testing the lower boundary of a falling wedge at key Fibonacci support.
A death cross on the 4-hour chart keeps the rebound unconfirmed.
Charles Schwab calls Avalanche a leader in institutional blockchains and RWA tokenization.
The broker warns that institutional adoption may not translate into demand for AVAX.
AVAX price is trading near $9.21 on the 4-hour chart, sitting on its most important support zone at $9.00-$9.20 after a 23% pullback from the late-September high of $12.01, with a falling wedge pattern set to resolve within days. The test comes as Charles Schwab, the brokerage with roughly $13 trillion in client assets, published an analysis of Avalanche and Chainlink on October 20 that names Avalanche a leader in institutional blockchains and real-world asset (RWA) tokenization, while questioning whether that position will ever translate into demand for the token.
JUST IN: Charles Schwab identifies Avalanche as a leader in RWAs and institutional use cases.
New research from @CharlesSchwab points to custom L1s and high-utility financial activity as key differentiators for the network. pic.twitter.com/vLhdjuebkL
— Avalanche🔺 (@avax) October 21, 2026
A rally on volume, a pullback without it
Between September 17 and September 29, AVAX rallied nearly 68% in just over 12 days, climbing from $7.17 to $12.01. Over the following 23 days it gave back more than 23% of its value. Total volume was almost identical in both phases, about 84.8 million AVAX in the rally and 83.6 million in the correction, but the decline lasted nearly twice as long, so average volume per candle during the pullback is roughly half of what it was on the way up. Sellers have been pushing price lower with fading participation, a pattern that tends to accompany a correction more often than a trend reversal.
A falling wedge at the 0.618 level
AVAX/USDT 4H chart. Source: Alexander Stefanov on TradingView
Since early October, price has compressed into a falling wedge, a pattern of two converging downward lines in which each high is lower than the last ($11.70, $11.00, $10.50, $9.95) while the lows drop by shrinking steps. AVAX is now testing the wedge’s lower boundary just above $9.02, the level where price would retrace 61.8% of the September rally and where pullbacks within strong trends often stall. That overlap makes $9.00-$9.20 the decisive support on the chart, and the wedge’s apex falls around October 26-27.
The death cross and the $9.90 wall
The 50-period exponential moving average ($9.79) has just slipped below the 200-period average ($9.90), which in practice means the average price of roughly the last eight days is now lower than the average of the past month. On October 21, AVAX attempted a breakout but was rejected exactly at the upper wedge line, where both averages also sit, turning $9.80-$9.90 into a dense resistance cluster.
The Relative Strength Index (RSI) stands at 35, close to the 30 mark below which the market is considered oversold, and remains under its signal line at 45. The indicator’s lows have stayed roughly flat while price kept printing lower lows, a mild bullish divergence that still lacks confirmation.
Level
Price
Role
Top of the wedge
$11.50-$11.70
Breakout target
Fibonacci 0.382
$10.16
Resistance
Wedge line and EMAs
$9.80-$9.90
Key resistance
Fibonacci 0.5
$9.59
Support after breakout
Fibonacci 0.618
$9.00-$9.20
Key support
Fibonacci 0.786
$8.20
Breakdown target
Levels from the AVAX/USDT 4-hour chart on Binance as of October 22.
What Schwab sees in Avalanche
Analysts at the Schwab Center for Financial Research do not put Avalanche in a head-to-head fight with Ethereum or Solana for overall dominance. They describe it as infrastructure on which banks, funds and companies build their own blockchains, with access rules, fees and compliance settings tailored to their needs. The report credits the network with capacity above 4,500 transactions per second, an activity mix led by stablecoins, lending, asset management and liquid staking, and favorable tokenomics thanks to the 720 million maximum supply and the burning of every transaction fee.
$3.4B
Total value locked, fifth among smart contract chains
< $2B
Tokenized RWAs on Avalanche
~$50B
Total tokenized RWA market
200x-1,200x
AVAX value vs. three years of network fees
Source: Charles Schwab, August-September 2026 data.
Why the institutional story may not lift AVAX
The sharpest argument in the report targets Avalanche itself. An institution that launches its own chain can run nearly all of its activity outside the primary network, and those transactions do not generate the burned fees that create demand for AVAX. Tokenized bonds and funds also change hands rarely, so even a large volume of issuance can produce little fee revenue.
Schwab values the network through a kind of network “GDP”, meaning the economic activity users actually pay for. On that basis, AVAX carries a market value between 200 and 1,200 times the fees collected over the past three years, comparable to an extremely high price-to-earnings multiple in equities, and those fees have been declining since 2023. Avalanche also holds less than 4% of the tokenized asset market, where Ethereum controls a far larger share.
The research is separate from Schwab’s August 27 decision to add SOL, AVAX and LINK to Schwab Crypto “in the coming months”, which will give the broker’s clients access to AVAX trading at a 0.75% fee per trade. The listing concerns trading access only and does not mean Schwab uses Avalanche for its own settlement or tokenization.
The wedge resolves by October 27
To cancel the death cross signal, AVAX price needs a 4-hour close above the wedge and the moving averages at $9.80-$9.90. That would flip $9.59 into support, put the next resistance at $10.16, and leave the pattern’s measured move pointing back toward $11.50-$11.70. A decisive close below $9.00 would break both the wedge and the 0.618 level, opening the way toward $8.20, which also lines up with the early-September highs.
A falling wedge on declining volume, resting on the 0.618 level after a strong impulse, more often ends with a continuation of the prior rally, so the structure leans slightly in favor of buyers. The death cross and the rejection at the averages show the bounce is not confirmed, and until AVAX reclaims $9.90, the $9.00 support decides the direction.
Beyond the next few sessions, two catalysts sit outside the chart. Schwab has not set a launch date for AVAX trading and has reserved the right to delay or change its plans, while daily fees on Avalanche’s primary network, the weak spot the report singles out, are public data that will show whether institutional interest starts turning into real demand for the token.
Alex is a financial markets journalist and co-founder of Millennial Media Group, and he's spent close to ten years trying to answer one stubborn question: what's really driving this?
It started in 2016, when Bitcoin refused to make sense to him - and rather than shrug, he stayed with it until it did. That patience became his method. He's less interested in what an asset is doing today than in the plumbing behind it: how liquidity flows, where risk hides, what a chart is quietly telling you that the headline isn't. That lens eventually stretched well past crypto into traditional markets, because the same forces - fear, leverage, incentives, timing - show up everywhere once you know how to look.
Most coverage, in his view, insults the reader by stopping at the surface. Price up, price down, moving on. He'd rather leave someone genuinely understanding a move than merely informed that it happened.
His path into markets ran through a Tourism degree at New Bulgarian University - proof, maybe, that curiosity beats credentials. With more than 200 deep analyses and over 10,000 articles behind him, he still walks away from most trading days having learned something he didn't know that morning.
Institucionální velryba Avalanche po šesti měsících převedla na Coinbase 119 416 AVAX v hodnotě přibližně 1,1 mil. USD. Šlo o její první vklad na burzu Coinbase za toto období.
An institutional Avalanche (AVAX) whale moved 119,416 AVAX, worth about $1.1M, to Coinbase, its first exchange deposit in six months.
An institutional Avalanche ($AVAX) whale has sent a seven-figure deposit to Coinbase, ending a long stretch of accumulation, according to data from @Arkham.
The address beginning 0x55De moved 119,416 $AVAX, worth about $1.1 million, to a @Coinbase exchange wallet. It is the wallet's first deposit to a centralized exchange in six months. Exchange deposits of this kind are typically read as a sign the holder may sell, though the transfer alone does not confirm that.
End of a 727-day accumulation runThe deposit also breaks the pattern that defined the wallet's activity. The address began accumulating 727 days ago, building its position through withdrawals from the Coinbase and Bitstamp order books. Moving tokens back onto an exchange reverses that direction for the first time in the period.
The sale, if it happens, would be small relative to the wallet's size. The address still holds more than 1.36 million $AVAX, for a total portfolio value of $12.52 million. The deposit therefore represents less than 10% of the stack by value, and the whale remains a large holder.
Market contextWhale deposits have drawn attention in the AVAX market before. AMBCrypto reported that Avalanche faced exchange-side selling pressure after a separate whale sent $2.4 million of tokens to Coinbase in multiple transactions over four hours.
On price, Coinbase data shows AVAX trading near $9.64, down about 12% over the past month and roughly 49% over the past year. The token remains far below its 2021 peak of $147.50, according to the same page.
Avalanche is described by Crypto.com as an open, programmable smart contracts platform that launched its mainnet in September 2020, with $AVAX used for payments, security and connecting the network's functions.
Traders will be watching whether further transfers follow from the same address, and whether the remaining 1.36 million $AVAX stays in place or also moves to exchanges.
SourcesAMBCrypto: Avalanche whale deposit and AVAX selling pressure
Coinbase: Avalanche (AVAX) price and market data
Crypto.com: Avalanche (AVAX) price and network overview
Objem obchodů na decentralizovaných burzách (DEX) v síti Avalanche za 30 dní v říjnu 2026 meziměsíčně vzrostl o 29 % na 4,1 miliardy USD; Pharaoh Exchange se na něm podílela 76 %.
Avalanche’s decentralized exchange (DEX) activity has seen a significant increase, with 30-day trading volume rising to $4.1 billion in October 2026, marking a 29% month-over-month gain. This growth comes amid a broader decline in DEX volume across other major Layer-1 blockchain networks, positioning Avalanche as a notable outlier capturing greater trading market share during the period.
Pharaoh Exchange dominance and concentrated liquidityThe recent momentum within Avalanche’s DEX sector is highly concentrated among a few platforms. Pharaoh Exchange, an automated market maker with specialized liquidity solutions, accounts for roughly $3.12 billion, or 76%, of Avalanche’s total DEX trading volume. According to DeFiLlama, the platform achieved this dominance with just $43 million to $53 million in total value locked (TVL), signaling a turnover ratio far higher than traditional constant-product market makers.
Uniswap and LFJ also posted strong performance. Uniswap’s trading volume on Avalanche surged 95% to $392 million, while LFJ’s volume climbed 165% to $201 million, both benefiting from heightened attention to concentrated liquidity design and adaptable fee structures.
Collectively, the three leading DEXs now account for more than 89% of Avalanche’s entire DEX trading activity, resulting in deeper liquidity pools capable of accommodating larger trades and minimizing slippage for both traders and liquidity providers.
DEX PlatformVolume (30 days)Change (%)Share of Avalanche DEX VolumePharaoh Exchange$3.12 billionN/A76%Uniswap$392 million+95%9.5%LFJ$201 million+165%4.9%For developers, rising DEX throughput frequently spurs increased lending, bridging, and related derivatives activity across the platform.
Technical drivers and capital efficiencyPharaoh Exchange’s remarkable efficiency relies on the V3 and DLMM (Dynamic Liquidity Market Maker) protocols. DLMM enables liquidity providers to target their capital within specific price ranges, maximizing fees per dollar locked. This mechanism has reportedly been customized for Avalanche’s infrastructure, making use of the chain’s low fees and high throughput.
However, while active market makers can benefit from this model, passive liquidity suppliers may face elevated risks, such as impermanent loss if their chosen price ranges prove suboptimal. Furthermore, the heavy concentration of activity on Pharaoh raises concerns about a single point of failure in network liquidity, as reliance on its infrastructure becomes more pronounced.
Mini dictionary: DLMM (Dynamic Liquidity Market Maker) is a protocol that allows liquidity providers to set capital allocations for specific price bins, dynamically optimizing for market conditions. This design maximizes capital efficiency but introduces complexity compared to traditional market makers.
Broader DeFi implications and future risksThe DEX sector’s momentum on Avalanche aligns with industry-wide adoption of concentrated liquidity mechanics, first popularized by Uniswap V3 in 2021. Avalanche’s ability to offer high throughput and low transaction costs has made it a favored network for stablecoin settlements and tokenized asset trading.
A core strength of the current ecosystem is the depth of liquidity, attracting aggregators, integrations, and external incentives. Yet this same concentration increases potential vulnerabilities, exposing the network to governance disputes, fee allocation challenges, and heightened resilience risks should a leading protocol encounter issues.
With volume highly concentrated, a single exploit impacting a dominant DEX such as Pharaoh could significantly disrupt the broader Avalanche network’s liquidity and market confidence.
For investors and institutional participants, sustained DEX activity reflects differences in how Layer-1 ecosystems compete beyond simple transaction volumes. Observers point to indicators such as ongoing fee generation and user retention as signals of lasting DeFi growth, rather than temporary trading patterns.
For DEX operators on other blockchains, Avalanche’s experience highlights the impact of capital efficient models and platform specialization. While Pharaoh currently leads the market, competitors like Uniswap and LFJ are gaining ground. Whether the upward trend continues may depend on evolving incentive schemes, market volatility, and users’ willingness to remain engaged with Avalanche-based DeFi services.
Solana Company (NASDAQ: HSDT) získala v Hongkongu status strategického podniku a otevřela zde své sídlo pro region Asie a Tichomoří. Vlastní více než 2,2 milionu SOL.
A Nasdaq-listed company that used to be called Helius Medical Technologies now carries a strategic seal of approval from the Hong Kong government.
Solana Company (NASDAQ: HSDT) has been recognized as a strategic enterprise by Hong Kong’s Office for Attracting Strategic Enterprises, better known as OASES. Alongside that designation, the firm has opened an office in the city to act as its Asia-Pacific headquarters.
The detail that stands out: Solana Company was the only blockchain infrastructure firm in the 2026 OASES batch.
What Solana Company is building in Hong Kong
The new Hong Kong office will serve as the executive hub for the company’s operations across the Asia-Pacific region.
The centerpiece of that plan is something the company calls the Pacific Backbone. It is an initiative to develop low-latency infrastructure linking four major financial centers: Hong Kong, Seoul, Tokyo, and Singapore.
The Pacific Backbone is aimed at staking and validation services. On a proof-of-stake blockchain like Solana, validators are the operators who process transactions and keep the network honest. Staking is how token holders put their coins to work backing those validators, typically in exchange for rewards.
The company is also expanding its validator operations. That includes partnerships with the Jito Foundation, a name familiar to anyone who follows Solana’s staking ecosystem.
On the balance sheet side, Solana Company holds more than 2.2 million SOL tokens.
Joseph Chee, the company’s Chairman and CEO, pointed to Hong Kong’s rapid progress on digital assets as a key reason for the move. He also stressed the city’s standing as a global financial center.
The firm says its broader goal is to build institutional engagement within compliant frameworks.
From Helius Medical to a SOL treasury
The company shifted its focus to a Solana-centric strategy in 2025. The rebrand to Solana Company came in September 2025. It followed a funding round that exceeded $500 million.
What this means for Solana Company and the region
As the only blockchain infrastructure firm in the 2026 OASES batch, Solana Company has a head start on positioning itself as a go-to partner for compliant Solana staking in Hong Kong.
The milestones worth tracking are concrete. Watch for progress updates on the Pacific Backbone, new validator partnerships beyond the Jito Foundation, and any announced institutional clients in Hong Kong.
Disclosure: This article was edited by John Chen. For more information on how we create and review content, see our Editorial Policy.
Solana has promoted Quantumglow, a proposed post-quantum adaptation of Alpenglow designed to protect consensus while preserving the network’s fast finality.
Summary
Quantumglow proposes changes to validator signatures and block authentication without announcing a deployment date. Anza published the underlying research in July, before Solana’s latest video explainer. Alpenglow’s mainnet activation is separate from the proposed post-quantum changes to its cryptography. Bitcoin’s BIP-360 targets exposed public keys, with additional signatures needed for more complete protection. Solana Developers described the proposal in an Oct. 22 video post, presenting it as a way to secure agreement between validators against quantum attacks. Solana’s main account shared the explainer and said the network “has been early in quantum readiness and remains ahead in its preparation.”
What would Solana’s consensus look like in a post-quantum world?
Meet Quantumglow: a proposed adaptation of Alpenglow that aims to protect consensus while preserving fast finality.@jacobvcreech and @qkniep explain how it works. Full video below👇 pic.twitter.com/G005a4KcSI
— Solana Developers (@solana_devs) October 22, 2026 Neither announcement supplied an activation date or identified a Quantumglow-specific Solana Improvement Document, known as a SIMD. The developer post described an adaptation under proposal, without announcing a deployed security upgrade.
The research predates the latest explainer. Anza published its Quantumglow overview on July 30, naming Quentin Kniep, Kobi Sliwinski and Roger Wattenhofer as its authors and directing readers to Section 5 of the updated Alpenglow whitepaper.
Quantumglow changes how validators authenticate agreement Anza’s July overview identifies two obstacles to replacing Alpenglow’s existing cryptography. Post-quantum signatures take more space, while the compact signature aggregation used to prove validator agreement has no comparable ready replacement under the researchers’ requirements.
The authors propose Ax, short for Alpenglow XMSS, a hash-based signature scheme tailored to the protocol. Validators would exchange and cache one-time public-key material ahead of use, reducing the information that must accompany later signatures.
For block authentication, Anza describes a signed commitment covering the block payload, supported by authenticated communication channels. Its design removes the need to attach a large post-quantum signature to every piece of block data.
The accompanying distributed-quorum-signature research explains the second change. Kniep, Jakub Sliwinski and Wattenhofer describe moving certificates from messages sent across the network to events recorded locally after a node gathers enough evidence.
Their paper, submitted July 20, uses ordinary signatures and an approval-broadcast mechanism. It separates evidence supporting safety from evidence supporting liveness, the protocol’s ability to keep making progress.
The researchers say each message remains a constant size regardless of node count, although total communication grows quadratically. Their performance claim concerns the proposed design and its stated assumptions, without establishing a measured mainnet result.
Solana’s Alpenglow rollout has a separate activation record Solana Foundation’s upgrade page identifies Alpenglow as live on mainnet following activation in epoch 1064 on Oct. 21. The Foundation lists approximately 150 milliseconds as its finality target, compared with 12.8 seconds for TowerBFT.
The Foundation records Alpenglow consensus beginning at slot 459,653,000, after a genesis block certified by votes from 446 of 654 validators. Its documentation separates the deployed Votor voting system from Rotor, a data-distribution component reserved for a later release.
Before that handoff, crypto.news previously reported the planned consensus migration and its operator requirements. The Oct. 19 coverage documented the need for compatible validator software and sufficient vote-account funding.
SIMD-0326 specifies the Votor portions of Alpenglow and references version 1.1 of its whitepaper. The proposal explicitly leaves Rotor for a separate SIMD, showing that the original consensus specification does not cover every component discussed in subsequent research.
Solana Foundation says Alpenglow leaves transaction execution, programs, and transaction fee mechanics unchanged. Its migration guidance states that ordinary users do not need to change how they sign, send, or approve transactions.
The removal of on-chain votes creates separate changes for analytics services. As detailed in Oct. 20 coverage of vote-transaction removal, the Foundation instructs explorers to reset metrics that counted validator votes alongside user transactions.
Wallet protection requires work beyond consensus Anza’s April 27 security assessment identifies distinct quantum vulnerabilities in accounts, block propagation, consensus, and user-defined programs. Max Resnick and Sam Kim warn that an attacker capable of breaking Ed25519 could forge account signatures, while forged consensus votes could support conflicting confirmations.
Their checklist calls for work on account migration, transaction signature verification, networking and program-level cryptographic tools. The assessment makes no commitment to a single post-quantum signature scheme.
Early Falcon implementations formed another part of that preparation. April 28 coverage documented Anza and Firedancer testing the signature technology, with the teams describing it as an option for possible future activation.
Anza’s assessment describes a prototype migration proof that binds an existing account to a new post-quantum public key. The authors distinguish such account migration from optional vault programs, which cannot independently secure consensus, networking, or every application using vulnerable signatures.
Bitcoin’s BIP-360 addresses exposed keys Bitcoin’s BIP-360 specification proposes Pay-to-Merkle-Root outputs through a soft fork, removing the key-path spending option used by Taproot. Its authors describe protection against attacks on public keys exposed for long periods.
The draft explicitly separates that protection from attacks conducted while a spending transaction waits for confirmation. Its authors say protection against those shorter exposures may require post-quantum signatures through a separate proposal.
BIP-360’s motivation describes quantum key recovery as deriving a private key from a public key by breaking the discrete logarithm assumption. The authors say the timing and eventual viability of a cryptographically relevant quantum computer remain unclear. Their proposal does not set a date when such an attack becomes practical or establish that present hardware can perform it.
The repository lists BIP-360 as a draft authored by Hunter Beast, Ethan Heilman, and Isabel Foxen Duke. Its abstract states that the proposed output type retains script-tree functionality while removing the quantum-vulnerable key-path spend.